remove the doc content and update contribution docs (#1822)

* remove the doc content and update contribution docs
Signed-off-by: Adrian Sutton <adrian.sutton@consensys.net>
pull/2/head
Nicolas MASSART 5 years ago committed by GitHub
parent b20147c062
commit eee210b26a
  1. 2
      .dockerignore
  2. 70
      CONTRIBUTING.md
  3. 110
      DOC-STYLE-GUIDE.md
  4. 17
      Jenkinsfile
  5. 420
      MKDOCS-MARKDOWN-GUIDE.md
  6. 10
      docs/Architecture/Overview.md
  7. 24
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/Accounts-for-Testing.md
  8. 73
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/Config-Items.md
  9. 31
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/Contracts-in-Genesis.md
  10. 87
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/FreeGas.md
  11. 13
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/Network-vs-Node.md
  12. 35
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/NetworkID-And-ChainID.md
  13. 56
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/Networking/Bootnodes.md
  14. 41
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/Networking/Configuring-Ports.md
  15. 91
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/Networking/Managing-Peers.md
  16. 32
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/Networking/Using-UPnP.md
  17. 61
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md
  18. 16
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/Passing-JVM-Options.md
  19. 55
      docs/Configuring-Pantheon/Using-Configuration-File.md
  20. 129
      docs/Consensus-Protocols/Clique.md
  21. 67
      docs/Consensus-Protocols/Comparing-PoA.md
  22. 76
      docs/Consensus-Protocols/Consensus-Mechanisms.md
  23. 169
      docs/Consensus-Protocols/IBFT.md
  24. 65
      docs/Consensus-Protocols/Overview-Consensus.md
  25. 23
      docs/Consensus-Protocols/QuorumIBFT.md
  26. 7
      docs/Deploying-Pantheon/Ansible.md
  27. 101
      docs/Deploying-Pantheon/High-Availability.md
  28. 56
      docs/Deploying-Pantheon/Migration-Docker.md
  29. BIN
      docs/Getting-Started/ExplorerBlockDetails.png
  30. BIN
      docs/Getting-Started/ExplorerSearch.png
  31. BIN
      docs/Getting-Started/ExplorerSummary.png
  32. 14
      docs/Getting-Started/Getting-Started.md
  33. 97
      docs/Getting-Started/Run-Docker-Image.md
  34. 133
      docs/Getting-Started/Starting-Pantheon.md
  35. 18
      docs/GettingStartedBinaries.md
  36. 137
      docs/Installation/Build-From-Source.md
  37. 57
      docs/Installation/Install-Binaries.md
  38. 15
      docs/Installation/Overview.md
  39. 29
      docs/Installation/System-Requirements.md
  40. 106
      docs/Monitoring/Alethio/Lite-Block-Explorer.md
  41. 169
      docs/Monitoring/Alethio/Lite-Network-Monitor.md
  42. 17
      docs/Monitoring/Alethio/Overview.md
  43. BIN
      docs/Monitoring/Alethio/ethstats.png
  44. BIN
      docs/Monitoring/Alethio/explorer.png
  45. 67
      docs/Monitoring/Logging.md
  46. 112
      docs/Monitoring/Monitoring-Performance.md
  47. 111
      docs/Pantheon-API/Authentication.md
  48. 73
      docs/Pantheon-API/GraphQL.md
  49. 17
      docs/Pantheon-API/JSON-RPC-API.md
  50. 72
      docs/Pantheon-API/Pantheon-API.md
  51. 377
      docs/Pantheon-API/RPC-PubSub.md
  52. 126
      docs/Pantheon-API/Using-JSON-RPC-API.md
  53. 155
      docs/Permissions/Local-Permissioning.md
  54. 171
      docs/Permissions/Onchain-Permissioning/Getting-Started-Onchain-Permissioning.md
  55. 57
      docs/Permissions/Onchain-Permissioning/Onchain-Permissioning.md
  56. 29
      docs/Permissions/Onchain-Permissioning/Production.md
  57. 46
      docs/Permissions/Onchain-Permissioning/Updating-Whitelists.md
  58. 58
      docs/Permissions/Permissioning-Overview.md
  59. 67
      docs/Privacy/Explanation/Privacy-Groups.md
  60. 56
      docs/Privacy/Explanation/Privacy-Overview.md
  61. 60
      docs/Privacy/Explanation/Private-Transaction-Processing.md
  62. 16
      docs/Privacy/How-To/Access-Private-Transactions.md
  63. 15
      docs/Privacy/How-To/Create-Manage-Privacy-Groups.md
  64. 24
      docs/Privacy/How-To/Creating-Sending-Private-Transactions.md
  65. 39
      docs/Privacy/How-To/EEA-Compliant.md
  66. 49
      docs/Privacy/How-To/Pantheon-Privacy.md
  67. 63
      docs/Privacy/How-To/eeajs.md
  68. 171
      docs/Privacy/Tutorials/Configuring-Privacy.md
  69. 100
      docs/Privacy/Tutorials/eeajs-Multinode-example.md
  70. 5
      docs/README.md
  71. 4229
      docs/Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md
  72. 200
      docs/Reference/Pantheon-API-Objects.md
  73. 1690
      docs/Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md
  74. 248
      docs/Reference/web3js-eea-Methods.md
  75. 36
      docs/Resources/Resources.md
  76. 98
      docs/Troubleshooting/Troubleshooting.md
  77. 222
      docs/Tutorials/Azure/Azure-Private-Network-Quickstart.md
  78. BIN
      docs/Tutorials/Azure/alethio-light-explorer-screenshot.png
  79. BIN
      docs/Tutorials/Azure/create-resource-button-screenshot.png
  80. BIN
      docs/Tutorials/Azure/deployment-complete-screenshot.png
  81. 294
      docs/Tutorials/Create-IBFT-Network.md
  82. 344
      docs/Tutorials/Create-Permissioned-Network.md
  83. 221
      docs/Tutorials/Create-Private-Clique-Network.md
  84. 181
      docs/Tutorials/Create-Private-Network.md
  85. 189
      docs/Tutorials/Privacy-Quickstart.md
  86. 457
      docs/Tutorials/Private-Network-Quickstart.md
  87. BIN
      docs/Tutorials/grafana.png
  88. 163
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Accessing-Logs-Using-JSON-RPC.md
  89. 21
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Account-Management.md
  90. 195
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Events-and-Logs.md
  91. 18
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Mining.md
  92. 92
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Transactions/Revert-Reason.md
  93. 33
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Transactions/Transaction-Pool.md
  94. 22
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Transactions/Transaction-Validation.md
  95. 135
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Transactions/Transactions.md
  96. 2
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Transactions/scripts/.gitignore
  97. 76
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Transactions/scripts/create_contract_raw_transaction.js
  98. 79
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Transactions/scripts/create_value_raw_transaction.js
  99. 14
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Transactions/scripts/package.json
  100. 57
      docs/Using-Pantheon/Truffle.md
  101. Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More

@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ Dockerfile
#Exclude doc related resources #Exclude doc related resources
docs docs
mkdocs.yml
readthedocs.yml
*.md *.md
Jenkins* Jenkins*

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ and feel free to propose changes to this document in a pull request.
* [Suggesting Enhancements](#suggesting-enhancements) * [Suggesting Enhancements](#suggesting-enhancements)
* [Your First Contribution](#your-first-contribution) * [Your First Contribution](#your-first-contribution)
* [Pull Requests](#pull-requests) * [Pull Requests](#pull-requests)
* [Code Reviews] * [Code Reviews](#code-review)
[Style Guides](#style-guides) [Style Guides](#style-guides)
* [Java Style Guide](#java-code-style-guide) * [Java Style Guide](#java-code-style-guide)
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ open a new issue and include a link to the original issue in the body of your ne
#### Before Submitting A Bug Report #### Before Submitting A Bug Report
* **Confirm the problem** is reproducible in the latest version of the software * **Confirm the problem** is reproducible in the latest version of the software
* **Check the [Debugging documentation]**. You might be able to find the cause of the problem and fix things yourself. * **Check [Pantheon documentation]**. You might be able to find the cause of the problem and fix things yourself.
* **Perform a [cursory search of project issues](https://pegasys1.atlassian.net/browse/PAN-2502?jql=project%20%3D%20PAN)** * **Perform a [cursory search of project issues](https://pegasys1.atlassian.net/browse/PAN-2502?jql=project%20%3D%20PAN)**
to see if the problem has already been reported. If it has **and the issue is still open**, add a comment to see if the problem has already been reported. If it has **and the issue is still open**, add a comment
to the existing issue instead of opening a new one. to the existing issue instead of opening a new one.
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ When you are creating an enhancement suggestion, please
#### Before Submitting An Enhancement Suggestion #### Before Submitting An Enhancement Suggestion
* **Check the [Debugging documentation].** You might be able to find the cause of the problem and fix things yourself. * **Check the [Pantheon documentation].** You might be able to find the cause of the problem and fix things yourself.
* **Perform a [cursory search of project issues](https://pegasys1.atlassian.net/browse/PAN-2502?jql=project%20%3D%20PAN)** * **Perform a [cursory search of project issues](https://pegasys1.atlassian.net/browse/PAN-2502?jql=project%20%3D%20PAN)**
to see if the problem has already been reported. If it has **and the issue is still open**, add a comment to see if the problem has already been reported. If it has **and the issue is still open**, add a comment
to the existing issue instead of opening a new one. to the existing issue instead of opening a new one.
@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Start by looking through the 'good first issue' and 'help wanted' labeled issues
and a test or two. and a test or two.
* [Help wanted issues][search-label-help-wanted] - issues which are a bit more involved than `good first issue` issues. * [Help wanted issues][search-label-help-wanted] - issues which are a bit more involved than `good first issue` issues.
When you've indentified an issue you'd like to work on, ping us on [Gitter] and we'll assign it to you. When you've identified an issue you'd like to work on, ping us on [Gitter] and we'll assign it to you.
### Contribution Workflow ### Contribution Workflow
The codebase and documentation are maintained using the same "*contributor workflow*" where everyone The codebase and documentation are maintained using the same "*contributor workflow*" where everyone
@ -153,21 +153,18 @@ To contribute changes, use the following workflow:
1. **Create a topic branch** and name it appropriately. 1. **Create a topic branch** and name it appropriately.
Starting the branch name with the issue number is a good practice and a reminder to fix only one issue in a Starting the branch name with the issue number is a good practice and a reminder to fix only one issue in a
Pull-Request (PR)._ Pull-Request (PR)._
1. **Make your changes** adhering to the coding and documentation conventions described below. 1. **Make your changes** adhering to the coding conventions described below.
_In general a commit serves a single purpose and diffs should be easily comprehensible. _In general a commit serves a single purpose and diffs should be easily comprehensible.
For this reason do not mix any formatting fixes or code moves with actual code changes._ For this reason do not mix any formatting fixes or code moves with actual code changes._
1. **Commit your changes** using a clear commit message. 1. **Commit your changes** see [How to Write a Git Commit Message] article by [Chris Beams].
1. **Test your changes** locally before pushing to ensure that what you are proposing is not breaking 1. **Test your changes** locally before pushing to ensure that what you are proposing is not breaking
another part of the software. another part of the software. Running the `./gradlew clean check test` command locally will help you
* For code changes, running the `./gradlew clean check test` command locally will help you
to be confident that your changes will pass CI tests once pushed as a Pull Request. to be confident that your changes will pass CI tests once pushed as a Pull Request.
* For doc changes, displaying the doc with [MkDocs] in a preview mode enables you to check the
rendering as explained in the [MkDocs And Markdown Guide](MKDOCS-MARKDOWN-GUIDE.md#preview-the-documentation).
1. **Push your changes** to your remote fork (usually labeled as `origin`). 1. **Push your changes** to your remote fork (usually labeled as `origin`).
1. **Create a pull-request** (PR) on the Pantheon repository. If the PR addresses an existing Jira issue, 1. **Create a pull-request** (PR) on the Pantheon repository. If the PR addresses an existing Jira issue,
include the issue number in the PR title in square brackets (for example, `[PAN-2374]`). include the issue number in the PR title in square brackets (for example, `[PAN-2374]`).
1. **Add labels** to identify the type of your PR. _For example, if your PR only changes documentation, add the 1. **Add labels** to identify the type of your PR. _For example, if your PR is not ready to validate,
"documentation" label. If it fixes a bug, add the "bug" label._ add the "work-in-progress" label. If it fixes a bug, add the "bug" label._
1. If the PR address an existing Jira issue, comment in the Jira issue with the PR number. 1. If the PR address an existing Jira issue, comment in the Jira issue with the PR number.
1. **Ensure your changes are reviewed**. 1. **Ensure your changes are reviewed**.
_Select the reviewers you would like to review your PR. _Select the reviewers you would like to review your PR.
@ -186,10 +183,6 @@ Questions on architectural best practices will be guided by the principles set f
All code submissions must be accompanied by appropriate automated tests. All code submissions must be accompanied by appropriate automated tests.
The goal is to provide confidence in the code’s robustness, while avoiding redundant tests. The goal is to provide confidence in the code’s robustness, while avoiding redundant tests.
>**Important**
> The [`libsodium`](https://download.libsodium.org/doc/installation) library must be installed to
run `./gradlew integrationTest`.
### Pull Requests ### Pull Requests
The process described here has several goals: The process described here has several goals:
@ -198,8 +191,8 @@ The process described here has several goals:
- Fix problems that are important to users - Fix problems that are important to users
- Engage the community in working toward the best possible product - Engage the community in working toward the best possible product
- Enable a sustainable system for maintainers to review contributions - Enable a sustainable system for maintainers to review contributions
- Further explanation on PR & commit messages can be found in this post: - Further explanation on PR & commit messages can be found in the
[How to Write a Git Commit Message](https://chris.beams.io/posts/git-commit/). [How to Write a Git Commit Message] article by [Chris Beams].
Please follow these steps to have your contribution considered by the approvers: Please follow these steps to have your contribution considered by the approvers:
@ -215,6 +208,7 @@ explaining why you believe the failure is unrelated. A maintainer will re-run th
If we conclude that the failure was a false positive, then we will open an issue to track that problem If we conclude that the failure was a false positive, then we will open an issue to track that problem
with our status check suite.</details> with our status check suite.</details>
## Code Review
While the prerequisites above must be satisfied prior to having your pull request reviewed, the reviewer(s) While the prerequisites above must be satisfied prior to having your pull request reviewed, the reviewer(s)
may ask you to complete additional design work, tests, or other changes before your pull request may ask you to complete additional design work, tests, or other changes before your pull request
can be ultimately accepted. Please refer to [Code Reviews]. can be ultimately accepted. Please refer to [Code Reviews].
@ -235,21 +229,6 @@ Code style will be checked automatically during a build.
We have a set of [coding conventions](CODING-CONVENTIONS.md) to which we try to adhere. We have a set of [coding conventions](CODING-CONVENTIONS.md) to which we try to adhere.
These are not strictly enforced during the build, but should be adhered to and called out in code reviews. These are not strictly enforced during the build, but should be adhered to and called out in code reviews.
## Documentation Style Guide
For documentation, we have [documentation guidelines and examples](DOC-STYLE-GUIDE.md).
These rules are not automatically enforced but are recommended to make the documentation consistent
and enhance the user experience.
Also have a look at our [MKDocs Markdown guide](MKDOCS-MARKDOWN-GUIDE.md) if you're not famililar with
MarkDown syntax. We also have a number of extensions that are available in the Pantheon documentation described
in this guide.
## Git Commit Messages & Pull Request Messages
* Use the present tense ("Add feature" not "Added feature")
* Use the imperative mood ("Move cursor to..." not "Moves cursor to...")
* Provide a summary on the first line with more details on additional lines as needed
* Reference issues and pull requests liberally
# Pull Request Labels # Pull Request Labels
#### Pull Request Labels #### Pull Request Labels
@ -260,32 +239,11 @@ in this guide.
| [`requires-changes`][search-label-requires-changes] | Pull requests which need to be updated based on review comments and then reviewed again. | | [`requires-changes`][search-label-requires-changes] | Pull requests which need to be updated based on review comments and then reviewed again. |
| [`needs engineering approval`][search-label-needs-engineering-approval] | Pull requests which need to be approved from a technical person, mainly documentation PRs. | | [`needs engineering approval`][search-label-needs-engineering-approval] | Pull requests which need to be approved from a technical person, mainly documentation PRs. |
[search-label-windows]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22windows%22
[search-label-linux]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22linux%22
[search-label-mac]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22mac%22
[search-label-documentation]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22documentation%22
[search-label-performance]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22performance%22
[search-label-security]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22security%22
[search-label-api]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22api%22
[search-label-enhancement]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22enhancement%22
[search-label-bug]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22bug%22
[search-label-help-wanted]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22help%20wanted%22
[search-label-good-first-issue]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22good%20first%20issue%22
[search-label-info-needed]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22info%20needed%22
[search-label-needs-reproduction]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22needs%20reproduction%22
[search-label-blocked]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22blocked%22
[search-label-duplicate]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22duplicate%22
[search-label-wontfix]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22wontfix%22
[search-label-invalid]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22invalid%22
[search-label-do-we-want-this]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22do%20we%20want%20this%22
[search-label-work-in-progress]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/pulls?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Apr+label%3A%22work%20in%20progress%22
[search-label-requires-changes]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/pulls?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Apr+label%3A%22requires%20changes%22
[search-label-needs-engineering-approval]: https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/pulls?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Apr+label%3A%22needs+engineering+approval%22
[private@pegasys.tech]: mailto:private@pegasys.tech [private@pegasys.tech]: mailto:private@pegasys.tech
[Gitter]: https://gitter.im/PegaSysEng/pantheon [Gitter]: https://gitter.im/PegaSysEng/pantheon
[Pantheon documentation]: https://docs.pantheon.pegasys.tech/ [Pantheon documentation]: https://docs.pantheon.pegasys.tech/
[Debugging documentation]: https://docs.pantheon.pegasys.tech/en/stable/Using-Pantheon/Debugging/
[CLA.md]: /CLA.md [CLA.md]: /CLA.md
[Code Reviews]: /docs/community/code-reviews.md [Code Reviews]: /docs/community/code-reviews.md
[MkDocs]: https://www.mkdocs.org/ [MkDocs]: https://www.mkdocs.org/
[How to Write a Git Commit Message]: https://chris.beams.io/posts/git-commit/
[Chris Beams]: https://github.com/cbeams

@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
# Pantheon Documentation Style Guide
## Purpose of this Document
This document contains guidelines to ensure the Pantheon documentation is consistent and well organised.
This is a living document and will evolve to better suit Pantheon users and contributors needs.
> **Note:** Although not everything in this style guide is currently followed in the Pantheon
documention, these guidelines are intended to be applied when writing new content and revising
existing content.
**The primary audience for this document is:**
* Members of the Pantheon team
* Developers and technical writers contributing to the Pantheon documentation
## Mission Statement
The Pantheon documentation contributes to a consistent and easy to understand experience for end users.
We're focused on creating a great experience for both new and expert users of Ethereum clients.
## General Guidelines
The guiding principles for the Pantheon documentation are:
1. Be consistent
1. Keep it simple but technically correct
1. Be proactive and suggest good practices
1. Be informative and exhaustive.
### 1. Be Consistent
Consistency is important to help our end users build a mental model of how Pantheon works.
By being consistent with our word choices, visual formatting, and style of communication it helps
users know what to expect when they refer to or search Pantheon documentation.
### 2. Keep It Simple But Technically Correct
Avoid technical jargon and always assume our end users may not be Ethereum experts.
This doesn't mean explaining all Ethereum concepts in our documentation. Explain Pantheon functionality
and when an understanding of complex Ethereum concepts is required refer users to relevant resources.
For example, to explain how the EVM works, link to ethdocs.org documentation such as
http://ethdocs.org/en/latest/introduction/what-is-ethereum.html#ethereum-virtual-machine
Simple explanations must still be technically correct.
### 3. Be Proactive And Suggest Good Practices
Being proactive means anticipating user needs and guiding them through a process.
This most often takes the form of notes or tip messages alongside the main explanation.
Put yourself in the user's shoes and consider what questions you would have when reading the documentation.
Do not assume required steps are implied. Err on the side of including them if you are unsure.
Documenting good practices is also important.
For example, instruct users to secure private keys and protect RPC endpoints a production environments.
### 4. Be Informative But Concise
We seek a balance between providing enough relevant information to help our users develop a solid
mental model of how Pantheon works without forcing them to read too much text or redundant detail.
To provide additional detail, use sub-sections.
## Writing Style Guide
We use the [Microsoft Style Guide](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/style-guide/welcome/) as our general guide
to writing technical documentation.
We take guidance from it but do not apply every rule.
For example, we use title case rather than sentence case.
The Micrsoft Style Guide aims for natural, simple, and clear communication.
Here are some important points we follow:
### Active Voice
Use active voice. Use _you_ to create a more personal friendly style. Avoid gendered pronouns (_he_ or _she_).
### Contractions
Use contractions. For example, don’t.
Use common contractions, such as it’s and you’re, to create a friendly, informal tone.
### Recommend
It's acceptable to use "we recommend" to introduce a product recommendation.
Don't use "PegaSys recommends" or "it is recommended."
Example: Instead of _This is not recommended for production code_ use _We don't recommend this for production code_.
### Directory vs Folder
Use _directory_ over _folder_ because we are writing for developers.
### Title Case For Headings
Use title case for headings.
Note: This is a case where we are not following the Microsoft Writing Style Guide.
### Assumed Knowledge For Readers
We have two distinct audiences to consider when developing content:
- New to Ethereum and Ethereum clients
- Experienced with Ethereum clients other than Pantheon.
### Avoid Abbreviations
Try not to use abbreviations [except for well known ones and some jargon](MKDOCS-MARKDOWN-GUIDE.md#abbreviations).
Don't use "e.g." but use "for example".
Don't use "i.e." but use "that is".

17
Jenkinsfile vendored

@ -161,23 +161,6 @@ try {
} }
} }
} }
}, DocTests: {
def stage_name = "Documentation tests node: "
node {
checkout scm
stage(stage_name + 'Build') {
// Python image version should be set to the same as in readthedocs.yml
// to make sure we test with the same version that RTD will use
def container = docker.image("python:3.7-alpine").inside() {
try {
sh 'pip install -r docs/requirements.txt'
sh 'mkdocs build -s'
} catch (e) {
throw e
}
}
}
}
}, DockerImage: { }, DockerImage: {
def stage_name = 'Docker image node: ' def stage_name = 'Docker image node: '
def image = imageRepos + '/pantheon:' + imageTag def image = imageRepos + '/pantheon:' + imageTag

@ -1,420 +0,0 @@
# MkDocs And Markdown Guide
Pantheon documentation is written using [Markdown](https://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/) syntax.
However, we use two flavors of this syntax:
- One for pages inside the [/docs](/docs) directory that will be rendered by [MkDocs] as described below
in the [Installed Markdown Extensions](#installed-markdown-extensions) section.
- Another using the [Github syntax](https://guides.github.com/features/mastering-markdown/)
for pages outside of this documentation directory. These are mainly files to support our [open source
community](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/community).
## MkDocs Documentation Website
The [Pantheon documentation website](https://docs.pantheon.pegasys.tech/) is maintained by PegaSys from
the content of the [/docs](/docs) directory.
### /docs Directory
The [/docs](/docs) directory in the Pantheon repository contains all the documentation that
is generated into a static HTML website using [MkDocs] and the [Mkdocs Material] theme and hosted by [readthedocs.org].
The documentation is automatically updated using [WebHooks](https://docs.readthedocs.io/en/stable/webhooks.html)
linking GitHub to the [readthedocs.org] site when you merge a pull-request in the master branch of Pantheon.
The system also detects tags in the Github repository and takes care of making the latest stable release
and previous versions available.
If any issues occur, contact the maintainers of the [Pantheon documentation project](https://readthedocs.org/projects/pantheon/).
### MkDocs Configuration
[MkDocs] is a Python tool that generates the static HTML website that is published.
Our [MkDocs] setup uses a [Mkdocs Material] theme to render the html pages. It also comes with a number of useful extensions.
[MkDocs] in configured in the [mdkocs.yml](/mkdocs.yml) file.
This file configures:
- Site meta data and variables
- Theme configuration
- Page navigation
- Extensions
- Plugins
If you add pages to the documentation (rather than updating existing pages), update the "nav" section
to add your page and specify the page name.
### Preview The Documentation
We recommended previewing your work locally before pushing your changes within a pull-request.
As the final documentation is build with [MkDocs], you have to build your docs locally with this tool
to ensure the Markdown is correctly understood and displayed.
To preview Pantheon documentation locally:
- [Install Python 3.x](https://www.mkdocs.org/#installing-python) (see [readthedocs.yml](readthedocs.yml) file for
the exact version)
- [Install PIP](https://www.mkdocs.org/#installing-pip)
- Install all the required dependencies :
```bash
pip install -r docs/requirements.txt
```
>**note**
> If pip raises errors like `Could not find a version that satisfies the requirement` when executing
`pip`, you may have to use the `pip3` commend to explicitely run Python 3 specific pip depending if
you already have another python version installed or not and in what order you installed them.
- Run the following command in the project directory :
```bash
mkdocs serve
```
- Follow the link displayed on the output of this command that
looks like `[I 190206 18:48:47 server:298] Serving on http://127.0.0.1:8000`,
here connect to [http://127.0.0.1:8000]
You can let this doc server run while you work on the doc, it updates the local website
automatically when you save changes in your Markdown files.
>**Important**
>
> Run `python --version` to make sure you are using version indicated in [readthedocs.yml](readthedocs.yml) file.
>
> If you are updating from a previous Python version you will also have to run pip install again and
check your path.
## Formatting Markdown For Doc Site
Final documentation rendering is essential, but the format of the Markdown files is also very important.
Formatting the Markdown code helps reviewers and writers easily navigate in the code and review your changes.
A few basic rules:
- Each file must contain a header composed of [meta-data](https://squidfunk.github.io/mkdocs-material/extensions/metadata/)
and ended by a specific comment.
Ex:
```markdown
title: Installation overview
description: Overview and requirements to install Pantheon
<!--- END of page meta data -->
```
- [As for other code](https://google.github.io/styleguide/javaguide.html#s4.4-column-limit),
each line of Markdown code must be limited to 100 columns long to be readable on any editor.
Lines have to be wrapped without cutting the line in the middle of a word. A line break displays as a space.
- No HTML markup can be used inside a Markdown document.
We provide [a lot of extensions](#installed-markdown-extensions) that are able to do the same thing
without HTML. If you think one is missing, just discuss it with the team on [Gitter] and we'll decide together
if it's worth adding an extension.
- Only one first level title can be present on a page.
- Format tables so they are also readable in the source code.
You can quickly achieve this by using a tool like http://markdowntable.com/
## Installed Markdown Extensions
>**Important**
> Extensions are only available for the docs under [/docs](/docs) directory.
As markdown can be a bit limited when it comes to some specific rendering of code, TOCs, and other documentation
elements, we configured some extensions for these items.
Extensions enable you to use simple Markdown syntax to achieve some complex rendering.
>**Important**
> Never use HTML tags directly in the Markdown files to try to render content.
For consistency reasons we only allow the specific renderings available in the extensions.
Here is a list of the available extensions:
### TOC
This extension automatically displays a table of content of the current page on the right side of the page.
It displays titles to the third level (`###`). After the third level, titles won't be displayed in the TOC.
This extension also displays a link on the right of any title called "permalink".
This link can be used to point directly to the title from another website.
### Include
If you have content to be repeated on multiple pages, you can create it in a common page in and include
it in all required pages.
Example:
To include the content of the "test_accounts.md" page in the "/docs/global" directory in another page, use:
```markdown
{!global/test_accounts.md!}
```
### Admonition
The [Admonition extension](https://squidfunk.github.io/mkdocs-material/extensions/admonition/#admonition)
enables information, warning, and danger blocks.
Example:
````markdown
!!! note
This is a multi line note
in the Pantheon documentation.
````
The 4 spaces indentation is required for the content to be part of the admonition.
We generally use the following [types](https://squidfunk.github.io/mkdocs-material/extensions/admonition/#types)
in our documentation:
- **Note** : Used to add information about a subject that doesn't directly needs to be taken in account
to use this specific part.
Example: "Available since v0.8.3"
- **Abstract** : Used at the beginning of a long article. Also known as "TL;DR", this can help users jump
into the content knowing that they will find their answer somewhere in the page.
- **Info** : Used to provide detail about a specific part of the documentation.
Ex: "The miner coinbase account is one of the accounts defined in the genesis file."
- **Tip** : Used to provide information that could help improve the use of the tool, make it faster.
Example: "To restart the private network in the future, start from 4. Restart First Node as Bootnode."
- **Warning** : Used to warn the users about something important.
Ex: "This will be deprecated in next version."
- **Danger** : Used to alert the user about a potential dangerous effect such as a risk of destroying
something or losing assets.
Ex: "Never use the development private keys for production use".
- **Example** : used to display an example. We usually use it with a single or tabbed code-block:
````markdown
!!! example
This example shows how to use the `net_listening` RPC method.
```bash tab="curl HTTP request"
$ curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"net_listening","params":[],"id":53}' <JSON-RPC-http-endpoint:port>
```
```bash tab="wscat WS request"
{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"net_listening","params":[],"id":53}
```
```json tab="JSON result"
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 53,
"result" : true
}
```
````
### Footnotes
The [Footnotes extension](https://squidfunk.github.io/mkdocs-material/extensions/footnotes/) enables
adding footnotes.
Footnotes display content at the end of the page and a numbered link inside the text to go to this content.
The extension also adds a link at the end of the footnote back to the text.
### Definitions List
The [def_list extension](https://python-markdown.github.io/extensions/definition_lists/) enables listing definitions
directly in the Markdown.
### Abbreviations
Generally we avoid the use of abbreviations but some like "PoW" for proof-of-work or "dApp" for
decentralized application are now part of the Ethereum jargon. The [Abbreviation extension](https://python-markdown.github.io/extensions/abbreviations/)
enables a tool tip hint to be provided for abbreviations.
Place abbreviations at the beginning of the Markdown file just after the meta-data header.
Example:
```markdown
description: This is an example page
<!--- END of page meta data -->
*[PoA]: Proof of Work
Clique is a PoA mechanism used in the Rinkeby test network
```
### Math
[Arithmatex extension](https://squidfunk.github.io/mkdocs-material/extensions/pymdown/#arithmatex-mathjax )
enables writing math formulas in the documentation using the provided syntax.
Example:
```markdown
$\sigma=\displaystyle\prod_{k=1}^t\sigma_{i_k}^{L_{i_k}(0)}$
Constructing the threshold signature $\sigma$ from $t$ individual
signatures $\sigma_{i_k}$, $k=1,\dots,t$ and the Lagrange polynomials
$L_{i_1}, \dots,L_{i_t}$ associated to the set $I=\{i_1,\dots,i_t\}$ of signers.
```
### Better Emphasis
The [Betterem extension](https://facelessuser.github.io/pymdown-extensions/extensions/betterem/) is
automatically applied to your bold and italic content.
### Keyboard Shortcuts
The [Keys syntax](https://facelessuser.github.io/pymdown-extensions/extensions/keys/) extension enables
displaying keyboard shortcuts.
Example:
```markdown
++ctrl+C++
```
### Folding Details Blocks
You can use a folding block to hide content. The block can be closed by default or open.
This pattern helps reduce the content length and enables a faster overview of the whole page.
Ex:
```markdown
???+ note "Folding details"
This is the detail of my content.
The plus sign makes it unfolded by default.
Remove the plus sign and it will be folded by default.
```
### Emojis
Emojis are fun, but they can also be useful to draw the reader's attention.
Try to use only neutral emojis like :warning:
Refer to a [supported full list of available emojis](https://www.webfx.com/tools/emoji-cheat-sheet/)
to find the suitable code.
Example:
`:warning:` displays :warning:
### Magic Links
If you want an URL to be displayed as a link, simply write it and this extension automatically displays it as
a link. You don't need to surround it with Markdown links syntax.
### Highlight Content
The [Mark extension](https://facelessuser.github.io/pymdown-extensions/extensions/mark/) enables highlighting of
content.
Text surrounded by double equals is highlighted in yellow.
Example:
```markdown
==This is highlighted text==
```
### Strike Through
The [tilde syntax](https://squidfunk.github.io/mkdocs-material/extensions/pymdown/#tilde) extensions enables text
strike through to be displayed.
Example:
```markdown
~~This is the wrong way to do~~
```
### Symbols
The [Smart symbols syntax](https://facelessuser.github.io/pymdown-extensions/extensions/smartsymbols/) enables
the inclusion of symbols.
Ex:
`-->` will draw a nice right arrow.
### Task lists
The [Task list syntax](https://squidfunk.github.io/mkdocs-material/extensions/pymdown/#tasklist) extension
enables displaying a list as a checklist.
### Code Samples And Examples With [SuperFences]
#### Format The Code
For writing code examples inside the documentation, refer to the developer style guides:
- Java : refer to our [coding convention](CODING-CONVENTIONS.md).
- JSON : use https://jsonformatter.curiousconcept.com/ to format your JSON code.
- TOML : we follow version 0.5.0 language definition.
- JavaScript : see [Google JavaScript Style Guide](https://google.github.io/styleguide/jsguide.html).
#### Including Code in the Documentation
We use code-blocks provided by the [SuperFences] extension to present code samples and examples in the
documentation.
A basic code-block uses triple back ticks and the language name to enable syntax highlighting.
For example, a JSON result is written as:
````markdown
```json
{
"jsonrpc": "2.0",
"id": 1,
"result": true
}
```
````
#### Tabbed Code Blocks
[SuperFences] enables additional functionality such as the tabbed code-block.
For example, to group the usage syntax and a usage example in the same block with tabs:
````markdown
```bash tab="Syntax"
$ pantheon rlp encode [--from=<FILE>] [--to=<FILE>] [--type=<type>]
```
```bash tab="File Example"
$ pantheon rlp encode --from=ibft_extra_data.json --to=extra_data_for_ibft_genesis.txt --type=IBFT_EXTRA_DATA
```
```bash tab="Standart Input/Output Example"
$ cat extra_data.json | pantheon rlp encode > rlp.txt
```
````
#### Line Numbers On Long Code Samples
[SuperFences] can also add [line numbers](https://facelessuser.github.io/pymdown-extensions/extensions/superfences/#showing-line-numbers)
to the code sample which makes it easier when discussing the code the sample.
The line numbers will only appear on the code block that uses the `linenums="1"` parameter.
Example:
````markdown
```javascript linenums="1"
// A very long javascript sample code
```
````
#### Code Syntax Highlight
Codehilite extension enables automatic syntax highlighting of code blocks. Define the language after
the code block delimiter to ensure correct highlighting.
If you don't provide the language name, the extension attempts to automatically discover it
but this can lead to errors.
Example:
````markdown
```json
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 51,
"result" : {
"startingBlock" : "0x5a0",
"currentBlock" : "0xad9",
"highestBlock" : "0xad9"
}
}
```
````
Pygment is the implementation for this extension, refer to Pygment website for a
[list of the supported languages](http://pygments.org/languages/).
[MkDocs]: https://www.mkdocs.org/
[readthedocs.org]: https://readthedocs.org/
[Mkdocs Material]: https://squidfunk.github.io/mkdocs-material/
[Gitter]: https://gitter.im/PegaSysEng/pantheon
[SuperFences]: https://squidfunk.github.io/mkdocs-material/extensions/pymdown/#superfences

@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon Architecture
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Pantheon Architecture
The high-level architecture of Pantheon is:
![Architecture](../images/Architecture.png)
If you've got questions about the architecture of Pantheon, contact us on [gitter](https://gitter.im/PegaSysEng/pantheon).

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
description: Ethereum accounts used for testing only on private network
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Accounts for Testing
You can use existing accounts for testing by including them in the genesis file for a private network.
Alternatively, Pantheon provides predefined accounts in development mode.
## Development Mode
When you start Pantheon with the [`--network=dev`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#network)
command line option, the `dev.json` genesis file is used by default.
The `dev.json` genesis file defines the accounts below that can be used for testing.
{!global/test_accounts.md!}
## Genesis File
To use existing test accounts, specify the accounts and balances in a genesis file for your test network.
For an example of defining accounts in the genesis file, refer to [`dev.json`](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/blob/master/config/src/main/resources/dev.json).
Use the [`--genesis-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#genesis-file) command line option to
start Pantheon with the genesis file defining the existing accounts.

@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
description: Configuration items specified in the genesis file
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Configuration Items
Network configuration items are specified in the genesis file.
| Item | Description |
|---------------------|-:----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Chain ID | [Chain ID for the network](NetworkID-And-ChainID.md) |
| Milestone blocks | [Milestone blocks for the network](#milestone-blocks) |
| `ethash` | Specifies network uses [Ethash](../Consensus-Protocols/Overview-Consensus.md) and contains [`fixeddifficulty`](#Fixed Difficulty) |
| `clique` | Specifies network uses [Clique](../Consensus-Protocols/Clique.md) and contains [Clique configuration items](../Consensus-Protocols/Clique.md#genesis-file) |
| `ibft2` | Specifies network uses [IBFT 2.0](../Consensus-Protocols/IBFT.md) and contains [IBFT 2.0 configuration items](../Consensus-Protocols/IBFT.md#genesis-file) |
| `contractSizeLimit` | Maximum contract size in bytes. Specify in [free gas networks](FreeGas.md). Default is `24576` and the maximum size is `2147483647`. |
| `evmStackSize` | Maximum stack size. Specify to increase the maximum stack size in private networks with very complex smart contracts. Default is `1024`. |
## Milestone Blocks
In public networks, the milestone blocks specify the blocks at which the network changed protocol.
!!! example "Ethereum Mainnet Milestone Blocks"
```json
{
"config": {
...
"homesteadBlock": 1150000,
"daoForkBlock": 1920000,
"daoForkSupport": true,
"eip150Block": 2463000,
"eip150Hash": "0x2086799aeebeae135c246c65021c82b4e15a2c451340993aacfd2751886514f0",
"eip155Block": 2675000,
"eip158Block": 2675000,
"byzantiumBlock": 4370000,
"constantinopleBlock": 7280000,
"constantinopleFixBlock": 7280000,
...
},
}
```
In private networks, the milestone block defines the protocol version for the network.
!!! example "Private Network Milestone Block"
```json
{
"config": {
...
"constantinopleFixBlock": 0,
...
},
}
```
## Fixed Difficulty
Use `fixeddifficulty` to specify a fixed difficulty in private networks using Ethash.
!!! example
```json
{
"config": {
...
"ethash": {
"fixeddifficulty": 1000
},
},
...
}
```

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
description: Pre-deploying contracts in genesis file
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Predeploying Contracts in the Genesis File
To predeploy contracts when starting Pantheon, specify contract code in the genesis file.
!!! example "Contract Code in Genesis File"
```json
{
...
"alloc": {
"0x0ffd23af8eebc60b3cfdeed6f814988757237314": {
"balance": "0x100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"code": "0x6080604052600436106043576000357c010000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000090048063010fc84214604857806355241077146070575b600080fd5b348015605357600080fd5b50605a60a7565b6040518082815260200191505060405180910390f35b348015607b57600080fd5b5060a560048036036020811015609057600080fd5b810190808035906020019092919050505060ad565b005b60005481565b80600081905550807f04474795f5b996ff80cb47c148d4c5ccdbe09ef27551820caa9c2f8ed149cce360405160405180910390a25056fea165627a7a7230582038cb7ea327af8f73feabcfbff64498f1e74831e67f7c75286760d3845c6747c70029",
"storage": {
"7aa07e0c924147697605046b7c2c32645b7bbfb41e0ac5d0a84ac93cbb759798": "0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001",
"cea2b0602db61f92b76ec4402875cc38eedc9fc425cb1b697fc2265d50fc20fb": "0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001",
}
}
},
...
}
```
The contract code in the genesis file defines:
* Address
* Balance
* Bytecode
* Key value pairs for contract storage.

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
description: Configuring Free Gas Networks
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Free Gas Networks
Transactions use computational resources so have an associated cost. Gas is the cost unit and the gas
price is the price per gas unit. The transaction cost is the gas used * gas price.
In public networks, the transaction cost is paid in Ether by the account submitting the transaction.
The transaction cost is paid to the miner (or validator in PoA networks) that includes the transaction in a block.
In many private networks, the validators are run by the network participants and do not require gas as an
incentive to participate. Generally, networks that do not require gas as an incentive, configure the gas price to be 0 (that is, make gas free).
Some private networks may allocate Ether and use a non-zero gas price to limit resource use.
!!! tip
We are using the term _free gas network_ to refer to a network where the gas price is set to zero.
A network with gas price of zero is also known as a _zero gas network_ or _no gas network_.
In a free gas network, transactions still use gas but the gas price is 0 meaning the transaction cost is 0:
Transaction cost = gas used * 0 (gas price)
## Configuring Pantheon for Free Gas
When gas is free, limiting block and contract sizes is less important. In free gas networks, we increase the
block size limit and set the contract size limit to the maximum value.
### 1. Set Block Size
If you want to remove gas from consideration and don't mind blocks potentially taking longer
to be created, set the block size limit (measured in gas) in the genesis file to the maximum accepted by Truffle (`0x1fffffffffffff`):
```json
"gasLimit": "0x1fffffffffffff"
```
If you are more concerned about blocks arriving on time and don't have very expensive individual transactions, set the
`gasLimit` to a value closer to the amount of gas your validators can process in the configured block time.
### 2. Set Contract Size
Set the contract size limit to the maximum supported size (in bytes) in the `config` section of the genesis file:
```json
"contractSizeLimit": 2147483647
```
### 3. Start Pantheon with Minimum Gas Price of 0
When starting validators (mining nodes in a PoW network), set the [minimum gas price](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#min-gas-price) to 0:
```bash tab="Command Line"
--min-gas-price=0
```
```bash tab="Configuration File"
min-gas-price=0
```
## Configuring Truffle for Free Gas
If using Truffle to develop on your free gas network, you also need to configure Truffle for free gas.
Similar to setting block and contract size limits to their maximum values for Pantheon, we set the
gas limit for transactions in Truffle to the maximum possible.
!!! important
Pantheon does not implement private key management. To use Pantheon with Truffle, you must configure
a [Truffle wallet](../Using-Pantheon/Truffle.md).
### Update truffle-config.js
Update the `truffle-config.js` file:
1. Set the gas price to 0:
```js
gasPrice:0
```
1. Set the gas limit for a transaction (that is, contract creation) to be the block gas limit - 1
```js
gas: "0x1ffffffffffffe"
```

@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
description: Configuring Pantheon at the network level compared to the node level
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Network vs Node Configuration
Pantheon is configured at the network level and the node level.
Network wide settings are specified in the [genesis file](Config-Items.md). Examples include `evmStackSize` and the
[consensus mechanism](../Consensus-Protocols/Overview-Consensus.md).
Node settings are specified on the command line or in the [node configuration file](Using-Configuration-File.md).
For example, the [JSON-RPC API methods to enable](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md) or the
[data directory](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) for the node.

@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon network ID and chain ID implementation
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Network ID and Chain ID
Ethereum networks have a network ID and a chain ID. The network ID defaults to the chain ID specified
in the genesis file.
!!! example "Chain ID in Genesis File"
```json
{
"config": {
"ethash": {
},
"chainID": 1981
},
...
}
```
For most networks including MainNet and the public testnets, the network ID and the chain ID are the
same and are specified in the genesis file.
The network ID and chain ID are automatically defined by Pantheon when connecting to networks specified
using the [`--network`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#network) option:
- **MainNet:** chain-id 1, network-id 1
- **Rinkeby:** chain-id 4, network-id 4
- **Ropsten:** chain-id 3, network-id 3
- **Dev:** chain-id 2018, network-id 2018
When using the [`--network=dev`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#network) or
[`--genesis-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#genesis-file) options, you can override the
network ID using the [`--network-id`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#network-id) option.

@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon Clique Proof-of-Authority (PoA) consensus protocol implementation
path: blob/master/ethereum/core/src/main/resources/
source: rinkeby.json
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Bootnodes
Bootnodes are used to initially discover peers.
## Mainnet and Public Testnets
For mainnet, Rinkeby, Ropsten, and Görli, Pantheon predefines a list of enode URLs.
## Private Networks
### Start Bootnode
To start a bootnode for a private network, complete the following steps:
1. Export the public key to a file:
!!! example
```bash
pantheon --genesis-file=privateNetworkGenesis.json --data-path=nodeDataPath public-key export --to=bootnode
```
Where `privateNetworkGenesis.json` and `nodeDataPath` are changed to the relevant values for
your private network.
The node public key is exported to the `bootnode` file.
2. Start the bootnode, specifying:
* Genesis file and data directory, as in the previous step.
* No arguments for the [`--bootnodes` option](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#bootnodes) because this is your bootnode.
!!! example
```
pantheon --genesis-file=privateNetworkGenesis.json --data-path=nodeDataPath --bootnodes
```
To specify this bootnode for another node, specify the [enode URL](../Node-Keys.md#enode-url) using the [`--bootnodes`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#bootnodes)
option.
!!! info
The default host and port for P2P peer discovery is `127.0.0.1:30303`.
Use the [`--p2p-host`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-host) and
[`--p2p-port`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port) option to specify a host and port.
### Start Node Specifying the Bootnode
To start a node specifying the bootnode for P2P discovery:
!!! example
```bash
pantheon --genesis-file=privateNetworkGenesis.json --data-path=nodeDataPath --p2p-host=127.0.0.1 --p2p-port=30301 --network-id=123 --bootnodes=enode://c35c3ec90a8a51fd5703594c6303382f3ae6b2ecb99bab2c04b3794f2bc3fc2631dabb0c08af795787a6c004d8f532230ae6e9925cbbefb0b28b79295d615f@127.0.0.1:30303
```

@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
description: Ports must be exposed appropriately to enable communication
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Configuring Ports
Ports must be exposed appropriately to enable communication. An example port configuration for a Pantheon node on AWS is:
![Port Configuration](../../images/PortConfiguration.png)
When running Pantheon from the [Docker image](../../Getting-Started/Run-Docker-Image.md), [expose ports](../../Getting-Started/Run-Docker-Image.md#exposing-ports).
!!! tip
Pantheon supports [UPnP](Using-UPnP.md) for home or small office environments where a wireless router
or modem provides NAT isolation.
## P2P Networking
To enable peer discovery, the P2P UDP port must be open for inbound connections.
We also recommended opening the P2P TCP port for inbound connections. This is not strictly required because
Pantheon attempts to initiate outbound TCP connections. However, if no nodes on the network are accepting inbound TCP
connections, nodes cannot communicate.
The P2P port is specified by the [`--p2p-port`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port) option.
The default is `30303`.
## JSON-RPC API
To enable access to the [JSON-RPC API](../../Pantheon-API/JSON-RPC-API.md), open the HTTP JSON-RPC and WebSockets JSON-RPC ports to the intended users
of the JSON-RPC API on TCP.
The [`--rpc-http-port`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-port) and [`--rpc-ws-port`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-port)
options specify the HTTP and WebSockets JSON-RPC ports. The defaults are `8545` and `8546`.
## Metrics
To enable [Prometheus to access Pantheon](../../Monitoring/Monitoring-Performance.md#monitor-node-performance-using-prometheus),
open the metrics port or metrics push port to Prometheus or the Prometheus push gateway on TCP.
The [`--metrics-port`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#metrics-port) and [`--metrics-push-port`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#metrics-push-port)
options specify the ports for Prometheus and Prometheus push gateway. The defaults are `9545` and `9001`.

@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
description: Managing Pantheon peers
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Managing Peers
## Limiting Peers
Limiting peers reduces the bandwidth used by Pantheon. It also reduces the CPU time and disk access
used to manage and respond to peers.
Use the [`--max-peers`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#max-peers) command line option to reduce
the maximum number of peers. The default is 25.
## No Discovery
The [`--discovery-enabled`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#discovery-enabled) command line option
can be used to disable P2P peer discovery.
Set this option to `false` if you are running a test node or a network with [static nodes](#static-nodes).
## Static Nodes
Static nodes are configured nodes that remain connected rather than nodes connected through P2P discovery.
Static nodes attempt to maintain connectivity. If a connection goes down to a static node,
the node attempts to reconnect every 60 seconds.
To configure a network of static nodes:
1. List [enode URLs](../Node-Keys.md#enode-url) of the nodes in the [`static-nodes.json` file](#static-nodesjson-file).
1. Save the `static-nodes.json` file in the data directory of each node.
1. Start Pantheon with discovery disabled using [`--discovery-enabled=false`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#discovery-enabled).
To modify the static peers at run time, use the [`admin_addPeer`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#admin_addpeer)
and [`admin_removePeer`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#admin_removepeer) JSON-RPC API methods.
!!! note
Runtime modifications of static nodes are not persisted between runs. The `static-nodes.json` file
is not updated by `admin_addPeer` and `admin_removePeer` methods.
Nodes outside of the static nodes are not prevented from connecting. To prevent nodes from connecting,
use [Permissioning](../../Permissions/Permissioning-Overview.md).
!!! caution
If the added peer does not appear in the peer list (returned by [`admin_peers`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#admin_peers)),
check the supplied [enode URL](../Node-Keys.md#enode-url) is correct, the node is running, the node is listening for
TCP connections on the endpoint, and has not reached the [maximum number of peers](#limiting-peers).
### static-nodes.json File
The `static-nodes.json` file must be located in the data directory (specified by [`--data-path`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path))
and contain a JSON array of [enode URLs](../Node-Keys.md#enode-url).
!!! example
```json
[
"enode://cea71cb65a471037e01508cebcc178f176f9d5267bf29507ea1f6431eb6a5dc67d086dc8dc54358a72299dab1161febc5d7af49d1609c69b42b5e54544145d4f@127.0.0.1:30303",
"enode://ca05e940488614402705a6b6836288ea902169ecc67a89e1bd5ef94bc0d1933f20be16bc881ffb4be59f521afa8718fc26eec2b0e90f2cd0f44f99bc8103e60f@127.0.0.1:30304"
]
```
!!! note
Each node has a `static-nodes.json` file. We recommend each node in the network has the same `static-nodes.json` file.
## Monitoring Peer Connections
JSON-RPC API methods to monitor peer connections include:
* [`net_peerCount`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#net_peercount)
* [`admin_peers`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#admin_peers)
* [`debug_metrics`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#debug_metrics)
## Node Connections
The default logging configuration does not list node connection and disconnection messages.
To enable listing of node connection and disconnection messages, specify the
[`--logging`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#logging) command line option `--logging=DEBUG`.
For more verbosity, specify `--logging=TRACE`.
The console logs connection and disconnection events when the log level is `DEBUG` or higher.
If `Successfully accepted connection from ...` is displayed, connections are getting through the firewalls.
!!! example "Example log output"
`2018-10-16 12:37:35.479-04:00 | nioEventLoopGroup-3-1 | INFO | NettyP2PNetwork | Successfully accepted connection from 0xa979fb575495b8d6db44f750317d0f4622bf4c2aa3365d6af7c284339968eef29b69ad0dce72a4d8db5ebb4968de0e3bec910127f134779fbcb0cb6d3331163c`
## Limiting Remote Connections
In private networks with a level of trust between peers, enabling the [remote connection limits](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#remote-connections-limit-enabled)
is unnecessary and disabling may increase the speed at which nodes can join the network.

@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
description: Configuring UPnP with Pantheon
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# UPnP
Enable UPnP to quickly allow inbound peer connections without manual router configuration. Use UPnP
in home or small office environments where a wireless router or modem provides NAT isolation.
UPnP automatically detects that a node is running in a UPnP environment and provides port forwarding.
!!! tip
UPnP support is often disabled by default in networking firmware. If disabled by default, explicitly
enable UPnP support.
## Enabling UPnP
Use the [`--nat-method`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#nat-method) command line option to enable UPnP.
!!! note
Enabling UPnP may slow down node startup, especially on networks without a UPnP gateway device.
When UPnP is enabled:
* [Enode](../Node-Keys.md#enode-url) advertised to other nodes during discovery is the external IP address and port.
* External address and port are returned by the [`admin_NodeInfo`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#admin_nodeinfo)
JSON-RPC API method for the `enode` and `listenAddr` properties.
While Pantheon is running, UPnP does not support:
* IP address changes
* Disabling UPnP. To disable UPnP, restart the node without the [`--nat-method`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#nat-method)
option or set to `NONE`.

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon private and public key used to identify node
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Node Keys
Each node has a node key pair consisting of a node private key and node public key.
## Node Private Key
If a `key` file does not exist in the data directory and the [`--node-private-key-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#node-private-key-file)
option is not specified when Pantheon is started, a node private key is generated and written to the `key` file.
If Pantheon is stopped and restarted without deleting the `key` file, the same private key is used when Pantheon is restarted.
If a `key` file exists in the data directory when Pantheon is started, the node is started with the private key in the `key` file.
!!!info
The private key is not encrypted.
## Node Public Key
The node public key is displayed in the log after starting Pantheon. Use the [`public-key`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#public-key) subcommand to export the public key to a file.
The node public key is also referred to as the node ID. The node ID forms part of the enode URL for a node.
## Enode URL
Nodes are identified by their enode URL. For example, the `--bootnodes` option and `perm_addNodesToWhitelist` method specify nodes by the enode URL.
The enode URL is `enode://<id>@<host:port>` where:
* `<id>` is the node public key excluding the initial 0x.
* `<host:port>` is the host and port the bootnode is listening on for P2P peer discovery.
Specified by the [`--p2p-host`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-host) and
[`--p2p-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port) options
(default host is `127.0.0.1` and port is `30303`).
!!! example
If the [`--p2p-host`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-host) or [`--p2p-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port) options are not specified and the node public key is `0xc35c3ec90a8a51fd5703594c6303382f3ae6b2ecb9589bab2c04b3794f2bc3fc2631dabb0c08af795787a6c004d8f532230ae6e9925cbbefb0b28b79295d615f`
The enode URL is:
`enode://c35c3ec90a8a51fd5703594c6303382f3ae6b2ecb9589bab2c04b3794f2bc3fc2631dabb0c08af795787a6c004d8f532230ae6e9925cbbefb0b28b79295d615f@127.0.0.1:30303`
The enode is displayed when starting a Pantheon node and can be obtained using the [`net_enode`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#net_enode)
JSON-RPC API method.
If [UPnP](Networking/Using-UPnP.md) is enabled, the enode advertised to other nodes during discovery is the
external IP address and port.
## Specifying a Custom Node Private Key File
Use the [`--node-private-key-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#node-private-key-file) option to specify a custom `key` file in any location.
If the `key` file exists, the node is started with the private key in the custom `key` file. If the custom `key` file does not exist,
a node private key is generated and written to the custom `key` file.
For example, the following command either reads the node private key from the `privatekeyfile` or writes the generated private key to the `privatekeyfile`:
!!! example
```bash
pantheon --node-private-key-file="/Users/username/privatekeyfile"
```

@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
description: Passing Java virtual machine JVM options to Pantheon at runtime
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Passing JVM Options
To perform tasks such as attaching a debugger or configuring the garbage collector, pass JVM options to Pantheon.
Pantheon passes the contents of the `PANTHEON_OPTS` environmental variable to the JVM. Set standard JVM options in the `PANTHEON_OPTS` variable.
For Bash-based executions, you can set the variable for only the scope of the program execution by setting it before starting Pantheon.
!!! example
```bash
PANTHEON_OPTS=-agentlib:jdwp=transport=dt_socket,server=y,suspend=n,address=5005 \
pantheon --network=rinkeby
```

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
# Using a Configuration File
To specify command line options in a file, use a TOML configuration file.
The configuration file can be saved and reused across node startups. To specify the configuration file,
use the [`--config-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#config-file) option.
To override an option specified in the configuration file, specify the same option on the command line or as
an [environment variable](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#pantheon-environment-variables). If an option is specified in multiple places,
the order of priority is command line, environment variable, configuration file.
## TOML Specification
The configuration file must be a valid TOML file and is composed of key/value pairs. Each key is the
same as the corresponding command line option name without the leading dashes (`--`).
Values must be be specified according to TOML specifications for string, numbers, arrays, and booleans.
Specific differences between the command line and the TOML file format are:
* Comma-separated lists on the command line are string arrays in the TOML file
* File paths, hexadecimal numbers, URLs, and &lt;host:port> values must be enclosed in quotes.
!!!tip
The [command line reference](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md) includes configuration file examples for each option.
!!!example "Example TOML configuration file"
```toml
# Valid TOML config file
data-path="~/pantheondata" # Path
# Network
bootnodes=["enode://001@123:4567", "enode://002@123:4567", "enode://003@123:4567"]
p2p-host="1.2.3.4"
p2p-port=1234
max-peers=42
rpc-http-host="5.6.7.8"
rpc-http-port=5678
rpc-ws-host="9.10.11.12"
rpc-ws-port=9101
# Chain
genesis-file="~/genesis.json" # Path to the custom genesis file
# Mining
miner-enabled=true
miner-coinbase="0xfe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73"
```
!!!example "Starting Pantheon with a Configuration File"
```bash
pantheon --config-file=/home/me/me_node/config.toml
```

@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon Clique Proof-of-Authority (PoA) consensus protocol implementation
path: blob/master/config/src/main/resources/
source: rinkeby.json
<!--- END of page meta data -->
*[vanity data]: Signers can include anything they like as vanity data.
# Clique
Pantheon implements the Clique Proof-of-Authority (PoA) consensus protocol. Clique is used by the
Rinkeby testnet and can be used for private networks.
In Clique networks, transactions and blocks are validated by approved accounts, known as signers.
Signers take turns to create the next block. Existing signers propose and vote to add or remove signers.
## Genesis File
To use Clique in a private network, Pantheon requires a Clique genesis file. When connecting to Rinkeby,
Pantheon uses the [`rinkeby.json`](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/blob/master/config/src/main/resources/rinkeby.json)
genesis file in the `/pantheon/config/src/main/resources` directory.
A PoA genesis file defines properties specific to Clique:
!!! example "Example Clique Genesis File"
```json
{
"config":{
"chainId":1981,
"constantinoplefixblock": 0,
"clique":{
"blockperiodseconds":15,
"epochlength":30000
}
},
"coinbase":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"difficulty":"0x1",
"extraData":"0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001a54556254bfa3db2daa7673435ec63649925c50000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"gasLimit":"0xa00000",
"mixHash":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"nonce":"0x0",
"timestamp":"0x5c51a607",
"alloc": {},
"number":"0x0",
"gasUsed":"0x0",
"parentHash":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000"
}
```
The properties specific to Clique are:
* `blockperiodseconds` - Block time in seconds.
* `epochlength` - Number of blocks after which to reset all votes.
* `extraData` - Initial signers are specified after the 32 bytes reserved for vanity data.
### Extra Data
The `extraData` field consists of:
* 0x prefix
* 32 bytes (64 hex characters) of vanity data
* Concatenated list of initial signer addresses. 20 bytes (40 hex characters) for each signer. At least one
initial signer must be specified.
* 65 bytes (130 hex characters) for proposer signature. In the genesis block there is no initial proproser so the proproser signature is all zeros.
!!! example "One Initial Signer"
`extraData` field for a Clique network with one initial signer with an address of `dd37f65db31c107f773e82a4f85c693058fef7a9`
`0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000dd37f65db31c107f773e82a4f85c693058fef7a90000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000`
!!! example "Two Initial Signers"
`extraData` field for a Clique network with two initial signers with addresses of `dd37f65db31c107f773e82a4f85c693058fef7a9` and `b9b81ee349c3807e46bc71aa2632203c5b462034`.
`0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000dd37f65db31c107f773e82a4f85c693058fef7a9b9b81ee349c3807e46bc71aa2632203c5b4620340000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000`
## Connecting to Clique Network
To connect to the Rinkeby testnet, start Pantheon with the [`--network=rinkeby`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#network)
command line option. To start a node on a Clique private network, use the
[`--genesis-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#genesis-file) option to specify the custom genesis file.
## Adding and Removing Signers
To propose adding or removing signers using the JSON-RPC methods, enable the HTTP interface
using [`--rpc-http-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-enabled) or WebSockets interface using
[`--rpc-ws-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-enabled).
The Clique API methods are not enabled by default. To enable, specify the [`--rpc-http-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-api)
or [`--rpc-ws-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-api) option and include `CLIQUE`.
The JSON-RPC methods to add or remove signers are:
* [clique_propose](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#clique_propose)
* [clique_getSigners](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#clique_getsigners)
* [clique_discard](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#clique_discard)
To propose adding a signer, call `clique_propose` specifying the address of the proposed signer and `true`.
!!! example "JSON-RPC clique_propose Request Example"
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"clique_propose","params":["0xFE3B557E8Fb62b89F4916B721be55cEb828dBd73", true], "id":1}' <JSON-RPC-endpoint:port>
```
When the next block is created by the signer, a vote is added to the block for the proposed signer.
When more than half of the existing signers propose adding the signer and their votes have been
distributed in blocks, the signer is added and can begin signing blocks.
Use `clique_getSigners` to return a list of the signers and to confirm that your proposed signer has
been added.
!!! example "JSON-RPC clique_getSigners Request Example"
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"clique_getSigners","params":["latest"], "id":1}' <JSON-RPC-endpoint:port>
```
To discard your proposal after confirming the signer was added, call `clique_discard` specifying the address of the proposed signer.
!!! example "JSON-RPC clique_discard Request Example"
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"clique_discard","params":["0xFE3B557E8Fb62b89F4916B721be55cEb828dBd73"], "id":1}' <JSON-RPC-endpoint:port>
```
The process for removing a signer is the same as adding a signer except you specify `false` as the
second parameter of `clique_propose`.
### Epoch Transition
At each epoch transition, all pending votes collected from received blocks are discarded.
Existing proposals remain in effect and signers re-add their vote the next time they create a block.
Define the number of blocks between epoch transitions in the genesis file.

@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
*[Byzantine fault tolerant]: Ability to function correctly and reach consensus despite nodes failing or propagating incorrect information to peers.
# Comparing Proof of Authority Consensus Protocols
Pantheon implements the Clique and IBFT 2.0 Proof of Authority consensus protocols. Proof of Authority
consensus protocols are used when participants are known to each other and there is a level of trust between them.
For example, in a permissioned consortium network.
Proof of Authority consensus protocols allow faster block times and have a much greater throughput of transactions
than the Ethash Proof of Work consensus protocol used on the Ethereum MainNet.
In Clique and IBFT 2.0, a group of nodes in the network act as signers (Clique) or validators (IBFT 2.0). These nodes propose, validate,
and add blocks to the blockchain. Nodes are added to or removed from the signer/validator pool by the existing group of nodes voting.
!!! note
For the rest of this page, the term validator is used to refer to signers and validators.
## Properties
Properties to consider when comparing Clique and IBFT 2.0 are:
* Immediate finality
* Minimum number of validators
* Liveness
* Speed
### Immediate Finality
IBFT 2.0 has immediate finality. When using IBFT 2.0 there are no forks and all valid blocks are included in the main chain.
Clique does not have immediate finality. Implementations using Clique must be aware of forks and chain reorganizations occurring.
### Minimum Number of Validators
IBFT 2.0 requires 4 validators to be Byzantine fault tolerant.
Clique can operate with a single validator but operating with a single validator offers no redundancy if
the validator fails.
### Liveness
Clique is more fault tolerant than IBFT 2.0. Clique tolerates up to half to the validators failing. IBFT 2.0 networks
require greater than or equal to 2/3 of validators to be operating to create blocks. For example, in an IBFT 2.0 network of:
* 4-5, 1 unresponsive node is tolerated
* 6-8, 2 unresponsive nodes are tolerated
Networks with 3 or less validators are able to produce blocks but do not guarantee finality when operating
in adversarial environments.
!!! important
We recommend not using IBFT 2.0 networks with 3 nodes for production purposes.
### Speed
Reaching consensus and adding blocks is faster in Clique networks. For Clique, the probability of a fork
increases number as the of validators increases.
For IBFT 2.0, the time to add new blocks increases as the number of validators increases.

@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
*[Byzantine fault tolerant]: Ability to function correctly and reach consensus despite nodes failing or propagating incorrect information to peers.
# Comparing Proof of Authority Consensus Protocols
Pantheon implements the Clique and IBFT 2.0 Proof of Authority consensus protocols. Proof of Authority
consensus protocols are used when participants are known to each other and there is a level of trust between them.
For example, in a permissioned consortium network.
Proof of Authority consensus protocols allow faster block times and have a much greater throughput of transactions
than the Ethash Proof of Work consensus protocol used on the Ethereum MainNet.
In Clique and IBFT 2.0, a group of nodes in the network act as signers (Clique) or validators (IBFT 2.0). These nodes propose, validate,
and add blocks to the blockchain. Nodes are added to or removed from the signer/validator pool by the existing group of nodes voting.
!!! note
For the rest of this page, the term validator is used to refer to signers and validators.
## Properties
Properties to consider when comparing Clique and IBFT 2.0 are:
* [Immediate finality](#immediate-finality)
* [Required validator availability](#required-validator-availability)
* [Type of Byzantine Fault Tolerance](#type-of-byzantine-fault-tolerance)
* [Speed](#speed)
### Immediate Finality
IBFT 2.0 has immediate finality. When using IBFT 2.0 there are no forks and all valid blocks are included in the main chain.
Clique does not have immediate finality. Implementations using Clique must be aware of forks and chain reorganizations occurring.
### Required Validator Availability
For the network to be able to create blocks and progress, the amount of validators (rounded up to the next integer)
required to be online is at least:
* 2/3 for IBFT 2.0.
* 1/2 for Clique.
### Type of Byzantine Fault Tolerance
#### IBFT 2.0
IBFT 2.0 features a classical BFT consensus protocol that ensures safety (no fork is possible) provided that no more than
(n-1)/3 of the validators (truncated to the integer value) are Byzantine.
For example in an IBFT 2.0 network of:
* 3, no Byzantine nodes are tolerated
* 4-6, 1 Byzantine node is tolerated
* 7-9, 2 Byzantine nodes are tolerated
If more than (n-1)/3 of the validators (truncated to the integer value) are Byzantine, forks and reorganizations may occur
from any height after which sufficient nodes were compromised.
#### Clique
Clique features a probabilistic consensus protocol (like Nakamoto) where minor forks always occur. The deeper a block is
in the chain, the more probable it is that the block is final (that is, the block will not be part of a reorganization event).
The higher the network latency is, the more depth is required for a block to be considered stable.
If more than 1/2 of the validators (rounded up to the next integer) are Byzantine, the network is compromised
and the history of the chain can be re-written.
### Speed
Reaching consensus and adding blocks is faster in Clique networks. For Clique, the probability of a fork
increases as the number of validators increases.
For IBFT 2.0, the time to add new blocks increases as the number of validators increases.

@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon IBFT 2.0 Proof-of-Authority (PoA) consensus protocol implementation
<!--- END of page meta data -->
*[Vanity]: Validators can include anything they like as vanity data.
*[RLP]: Recursive Length Prefix
*[Byzantine fault tolerant]: Ability to function correctly and reach consensus despite nodes failing or propagating incorrect information to peers.
# IBFT 2.0
Pantheon implements the IBFT 2.0 Proof-of-Authority (PoA) consensus protocol. IBFT 2.0 can be used for private networks.
In IBFT 2.0 networks, transactions and blocks are validated by approved accounts, known as validators.
Validators take turns to create the next block. Existing validators propose and vote to add or remove validators.
## Minimum Number of Validators
IBFT 2.0 requires 4 validators to be Byzantine fault tolerant.
## Genesis File
To use IBFT 2.0 requires an IBFT 2.0 genesis file. The genesis file defines properties specific to IBFT 2.0:
!!! example "Example IBFT 2.0 Genesis File"
```json
{
"config": {
"chainId": 1981,
"constantinoplefixblock": 0,
"ibft2": {
"blockperiodseconds": 2,
"epochlength": 30000,
"requesttimeoutseconds": 10
}
},
"nonce": "0x0",
"timestamp": "0x58ee40ba",
"extraData": "0xf83ea00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000d594c2ab482b506de561668e07f04547232a72897daf808400000000c0",
"gasLimit": "0x47b760",
"difficulty": "0x1",
"mixHash": "0x63746963616c2062797a616e74696e65206661756c7420746f6c6572616e6365",
"coinbase": "0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"alloc": {}
}
```
Properties specific to IBFT 2.0 are:
* `blockperiodseconds` - Minimum block time in seconds.
* `epochlength` - Number of blocks after which to reset all votes.
* `requesttimeoutseconds` - Timeout for each consensus round before a round change.
* `extraData` - `RLP([32 Bytes Vanity, List<Validators>, No Vote, Round=Int(0), 0 Seals])`
Properties that have specific values in IBFT 2.0 genesis files are:
* `nonce` - `0x0`
* `difficulty` - `0x1`
* `mixHash` - `0x63746963616c2062797a616e74696e65206661756c7420746f6c6572616e6365` for Istanbul block identification.
To start a node on an IBFT 2.0 private network, use the [`--genesis-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#genesis-file) option to specify the custom genesis file.
### Extra Data
The `extraData` property is RLP encoded. RLP encoding is a space efficient object serialization scheme
used in Ethereum. Use the Pantheon subcommand [`rlp encode`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rlp)
to generate the `extraData` RLP string to include in the genesis file.
!!! example
```bash
pantheon rlp encode --from=toEncode.json
```
Where the `toEncode.json` file contains a list of the initial validators in ascending order.
!!! example "One Initial Validator"
```json
[
"9811ebc35d7b06b3fa8dc5809a1f9c52751e1deb"
]
```
Copy the RLP encoded data to the `extraData` in the genesis file.
### Block Time
When a new chain head is received, the block time (`blockperiodseconds`) and round timeout (`requesttimeoutseconds`)
timers are started. When `blockperiodseconds` is reached, a new block is proposed.
If `requesttimeoutseconds` is reached before the proposed block is added, a round change occurs, and the block time and
timeout timers are reset. The timeout period for the new round is two times `requesttimeoutseconds`. The
timeout period continues to double each time a round fails to add a block.
Generally, the proposed block is added before reaching `requesttimeoutseconds`. A new round is then started,
and the block time and round timeout timers are reset. When `blockperiodseconds` is reached, the next new block is proposed.
The time from proposing a block to the block being added is small (around 1s) even in networks
with geographically dispersed validators. Setting `blockperiodseconds` to your desired block time and `requesttimeoutseconds`
to two times `blockperiodseconds` generally results in blocks being added every `blockperiodseconds`.
!!! example
An internal PegaSys IBFT 2.0 testnet has 4 geographically dispersed validators in Sweden,
Sydney, and North Virginia (2 validators). With a `blockperiodseconds`of 5 and a `requesttimeoutseconds` of 10,
the testnet consistently creates block with a 5 second blocktime.
### Optional Configuration Options
Optional configuration options that can be specified in the genesis file are:
* `messageQueueLimit` - Default is 1000. In very large networks with insufficient resources increasing the message queue limit
may help to deal with message activity surges.
* `duplicateMesageLimit` - Default is 100. If seeing messages being retransmitted by the same node, increasing the duplicate message limit
may reduce the number of retransmissions. A value of 2 to 3 times the number of validators is generally sufficient.
* `futureMessagesLimit` - Default is 1000. The future messages buffer holds IBFT 2.0 messages for a future chain height.
For large networks, increasing the future messages limit may be useful.
* `futureMessagesMaxDistance` - Default is 10. Specifies the maximum height from the current chain height
for which messages are buffered in the future messages buffer.
## Adding and Removing Validators
To propose adding or removing validators using the JSON-RPC methods, enable the HTTP interface
using [`--rpc-http-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-enabled) or WebSockets interface using
[`--rpc-ws-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-enabled).
The IBFT API methods are not enabled by default. To enable, specify the [`--rpc-http-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-api)
or [`--rpc-ws-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-api) option and include `IBFT`.
The JSON-RPC methods to add or remove validators are:
* [ibft_getPendingVotes](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#ibft_getPendingVotes)
* [ibft_proposeValidatorVote](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#ibft_proposeValidatorVote)
* [ibft_discardValidatorVote](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#ibft_discardValidatorVote)
To propose adding a validator, call `ibft_proposeValidatorVote` specifying the address of the node to be added and `true`.
!!! example "JSON-RPC ibft_proposeValidatorVote Request Example"
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"ibft_proposeValidatorVote","params":["0xFE3B557E8Fb62b89F4916B721be55cEb828dBd73", true], "id":1}' <JSON-RPC-endpoint:port>
```
When the next block is proposed by the validator, one proposal received from `ibft_proposeValidatorVote` is inserted in the block.
If all proposals have been included in blocks, subsequent blocks proposed by the validator will not contain a vote.
When more than half of the existing validators have published a matching proposal, the proposed validator is added to the validator pool and can begin validating blocks.
Use `ibft_getValidatorsByBlockNumber` to return a list of the validators and confirm your proposed validator has been added.
!!! example "JSON-RPC ibft_getValidatorsByBlockNumber Request Example"
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"ibft_getValidatorsByBlockNumber","params":["latest"], "id":1}' <JSON-RPC-endpoint:port>
```
To discard your proposal after confirming the validator was added, call `ibft_discardValidatorVote` specifying the address of the proposed validator.
!!! example "JSON-RPC ibft_discardValidatorVote Request Example"
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"ibft_discardValidatorVote","params":["0xFE3B557E8Fb62b89F4916B721be55cEb828dBd73"], "id":1}' <JSON-RPC-endpoint:port>
```
The process for removing a validator is the same as adding a validator except you specify `false` as the second parameter of `ibft_proposeValidatorVote`.
### Epoch Transition
At each epoch transition, all pending votes collected from received blocks are discarded. Existing proposals remain
in effect and validators re-add their vote the next time they create a block.
An epoch transition occurs every `epochLength` blocks where `epochlength` is defined in the IBFT genesis file.

@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon consensus protocols
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Consensus Protocols
Pantheon implements a number of consensus protocols:
* Ethash (Proof of Work)
* [Clique](Clique.md) (Proof of Authority)
* [IBFT 2.0](IBFT.md) (Proof of Authority)
* [Quorum IBFT 1.0](QuorumIBFT.md) (Proof of Authority)
The genesis file specifies the consensus protocol for a chain in the `config` property:
```json tab="Ethash"
{
"config": {
...
"ethash": {
}
},
...
}
```
```json tab="Clique"
{
"config": {
....
"clique": {
...
}
},
...
}
```
```json tab="IBFT 2.0"
{
"config": {
....
"ibft2": {
...
}
},
...
}
```
```json tab="IBFT 1.0"
{
"config": {
....
"ibft": {
...
}
},
...
}
```

@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon consensus protocols
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# IBFT 1.0
Pantheon nodes can participate (submit transactions and receive blocks) in a Quorum [IBFT 1.0](https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/650)
network but cannot be a validator.
To connect to a Quorum IBFT 1.0 network:
1. In the Quorum IBFT 1.0 genesis file, update the consensus protocol specified in the `config` property
from `istanbul` to `ibft`:
```json
"config": {
...
"ibft": {
...
}
```
1. Use the [`--genesis-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#genesis-file) option to specify the
IBFT 1.0 genesis file.

@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
title: Deploy Pantheon with Ansible
description: Deploying Pantheon with Ansible role on Galaxy
<!--- END of page meta data -->
Use the [Pantheon role](https://galaxy.ansible.com/pegasyseng/pantheon) published on Galaxy to deploy Pantheon using Ansible.
Refer to the [Readme](https://galaxy.ansible.com/pegasyseng/pantheon) for details.

@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon high availability
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# High Availability of JSON-RPC and RPC Rub/Sub APIs
To enable high availability to the [RPC Pub/Sub API over WebSockets](../Pantheon-API/RPC-PubSub.md)
or the [JSON-RPC API](../Pantheon-API/Using-JSON-RPC-API.md) run and synchronize multiple Pantheon
nodes to the network. Use a load balancer to distribute requests across nodes in the cluster that
are ready to receive requests.
![Load Balancer](../images/LoadBalancer.png)
## Determining When a Node is Ready
Use the [readiness endpoint](../Pantheon-API/Using-JSON-RPC-API.md#readiness-and-liveness-endpoints)
to determine when a node is ready.
!!! note
The minimum number of peers and number of blocks from the best known block for a node to be considered ready
is deployment specific.
## Transaction Nonces
The account nonce for the next transaction is obtained using [`eth_getTransactionCount`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactioncount).
The account nonce depends on the transactions in the [transaction pool](../Using-Pantheon/Transactions/Transaction-Pool.md).
If [`eth_getTransactionCount`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactioncount) and
[`eth_sendRawTransaction`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_sendrawtransaction) requests for a specific account
are sent to multiple nodes, the [`eth_getTransactionCount`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactioncount)
results can be incorrect.
!!! note
If using [private transactions](../Privacy/Explanation/Privacy-Overview.md), `priv_getTransactionCount` is used to obtain
the account nonce and [`eea_sendRawTransaction`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea_sendrawtransaction)
to send private transactions.
To get correct account nonces when distributing requests across a cluster, do one of:
* Track the next nonce outside of the Pantheon node (as MetaMask does)
* Configure the load balancer in sticky mode so requests from a specific account are sent to a single
node unless that node is unavailable.
## Subscriptions
You can subscribe to events using:
* [RPC Pub/Sub over WebSockets](../Pantheon-API/RPC-PubSub.md)
* [Filters over HTTP](../Using-Pantheon/Accessing-Logs-Using-JSON-RPC.md)
We recommend using [RPC Pub/Sub over WebSockets](../Pantheon-API/RPC-PubSub.md) because WebSockets
connections are associated a specific node and do not require using the load balancer in sticky mode.
If using [filters over HTTP](../Using-Pantheon/Accessing-Logs-Using-JSON-RPC.md), configure the load balancer
in sticky mode to associate the subscription with a specific node.
## Recovering from Dropped Subscriptions
Subscriptions can be dropped if:
* WebSockets connection is disconnected
* Node serving the subscription is removed from the ready pool
If a subscription is dropped, events can be missed while reconnecting to a different node.
To recover dropped messages, create another subscription and follow the process for that [subscription type](../Pantheon-API/RPC-PubSub.md#subscribing):
* [`newHeads`](#new-headers)
* [`logs`](#logs)
* [`newPendingTransactions`](#new-pending-transactions)
* [`droppedPendingTransactions`](#dropped-pending-transactions)
* [`syncing`](#syncing)
### New Headers
Use [`eth_getBlockByNumber`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getblockbynumber) to request information on
blocks from the last block before the subscription dropped to the first block received from the new subscription.
### Logs
Use [`eth_getLogs`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getlogs) to request logs from the block number
of the last log received before the subscription dropped to the current chain head.
### New Pending Transactions
Use [`txpool_pantheonTransactions`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#txpool_pantheontransactions) to
request all pending transactions for the new node.
!!! note
Nodes do not all store the same pending transactions.
### Dropped Pending Transactions
Use [`txpool_pantheonTransactions`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#txpool_pantheontransactions) to
request all pending transactions for the new node.
!!! note
Nodes do not all store the same pending transactions.
### Syncing
The syncing state of each node is specific to that node. Use [`eth_syncing`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_syncing)
to retrieve the syncing state of the new node.

@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
description: Migrating from pre v1.2 Docker image to v1.2 Docker image
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Migrating from pre-1.2 Docker Image to 1.2+
## Before v1.2
The Pantheon Docker image had an entry-script that automatically added a number of options
to the Pantheon command line. The options could not be set using command line arguments.
The options automatically added to the Pantheon command line for the Pantheon Docker image before v1.2 were:
* If the file existed:
- [`--config-file /etc/pantheon/pantheon.conf`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#config-file)
- [`--genesis-file /etc/pantheon/genesis.json`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#genesis-file)
- [`--rpc-http-authentication-credentials-file /etc/pantheon/rpc_http_auth_config.toml`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-authentication-credentials-file)
- [`--rpc-ws-authentication-credentials-file /etc/pantheon/rpc_ws_auth_config.toml`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-authentication-credentials-file)
- [`--privacy-public-key-file /etc/pantheon/privacy_public_key`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#privacy-public-key-file)
- [`--permissions-nodes-config-file /etc/pantheon/permissions_config.toml`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-nodes-config-file)
- [`--permissions-accounts-config-file /etc/pantheon/permissions_config.toml`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-accounts-config-file)
* [`--data-path /var/lib/pantheon`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path)
* [`--rpc-http-host=0.0.0.0`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-host)
* [`--rpc-http-port=8545`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-port)
* [`--rpc-ws-host=0.0.0.0`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-host)
* [`--rpc-ws-port=8546`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-port)
* [`--p2p-host=0.0.0.0`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-host)
* [`--p2p-port=30303`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port)
The [`--node-private-key-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#node-private-key-file) command line option
was not available and the node key was always read from the data path.
## From v1.2
All file options (for example, [`--config-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#config-file)) no longer
have a default. Add the relevant command line options to your Pantheon command line and specify the file path.
The [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) default is now `/opt/pantheon`.
The [`--node-private-key-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#node-private-key-file) default is
now `/opt/pantheon/key`.
!!! important
Do not mount a volume at the default data path (`/opt/pantheon`). Mounting a volume at the default
data path path interferes with the operation of Pantheon and prevents Pantheon from safely launching.
To run a node that maintains the node state (key and database), [`--data-path` must be set to a location
other than `/opt/pantheon` and a storage volume mounted at that location](../Getting-Started/Run-Docker-Image.md#starting-pantheon).
The host and port options continue to default to the previously set values.
!!! tip
All command line options can be set using [environment variables](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#pantheon-environment-variables).

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 28 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 15 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 24 KiB

@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
description: Getting started with Pantheon
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Getting Started Overview
Get started with Pantheon by:
* [Installing Pantheon](../Installation/Install-Binaries.md) and [starting a node](Starting-Pantheon.md)
* Running from the [Pantheon Docker image](Run-Docker-Image.md)
* Using the [Private Network Quickstart](../Tutorials/Private-Network-Quickstart.md)
The fastest way to run a single node and connect to the Ethereum mainnet (or a public testnet) is by using the [Docker image](Run-Docker-Image.md).
To run a private network on which you can make JSON-RPC requests and send transactions, the [Private Network Quickstart](../Tutorials/Private-Network-Quickstart.md) sets up a network of Pantheon nodes in Docker containers.

@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
description: Run Pantheon using the official docker image
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Running Pantheon from Docker Image
A Docker image is provided to run a Pantheon node in a Docker container.
Use this Docker image to run a single Pantheon node without installing Pantheon.
## Prerequisites
* [Docker](https://docs.docker.com/install/)
* MacOS or Linux
!!! important
The Docker image does not run on Windows.
## Quickstart
To run a Pantheon node in a container connected to the Ethereum mainnet:
```bash tab="latest"
docker run pegasyseng/pantheon:latest
```
```bash tab="{{ versions.pantheon_stable }}"
docker run pegasyseng/pantheon:{{ versions.pantheon_stable }}
```
!!! note
`latest` runs the latest cached version. To pull the latest version, use `docker pull pegasyseng/pantheon:latest`.
## Exposing Ports
Expose ports for P2P peer discovery, GraphQL, metrics, and HTTP and WebSockets JSON-RPC. Exposing the ports is required to use the
default ports or the ports specified using [`--rpc-http-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-port),
[`--p2p-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port), [`--rpc-ws-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-port),
[`--metrics-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#metrics-port), [`--graphql-http-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#graphql-http-port),
and [`--metrics-push-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#metrics-push-port) options.
To run Pantheon exposing local ports for access:
```bash
docker run -p <localportJSON-RPC>:8545 -p <localportWS>:8546 -p <localportP2P>:30303 pegasyseng/pantheon:latest --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-ws-enabled
```
!!!example
To enable RPC calls to http://127.0.0.1:8545 and P2P discovery on http://127.0.0.1:13001:
```bash
docker run -p 8545:8545 -p 13001:30303 pegasyseng/pantheon:latest --rpc-http-enabled
```
## Starting Pantheon
!!! important
Do not mount a volume at the default data path (`/opt/pantheon`). Mounting a volume at the default
data path interferes with the operation of Pantheon and prevents Pantheon from safely launching.
To run a node that maintains the node state (key and database), [`--data-path` must be set to a location
other than `/opt/pantheon` and a storage volume mounted at that location].
### Run a Node for Testing
To run a node that mines blocks at a rate suitable for testing purposes with WebSockets enabled:
```bash
docker run -p 8546:8546 --mount type=bind,source=/<myvolume/pantheon/testnode>,target=/var/lib/pantheon pegasyseng/pantheon:latest --miner-enabled --miner-coinbase fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73 --rpc-ws-enabled --network=dev --data-path=/var/lib/pantheon
```
### Run a Node on Rinkeby Testnet
To run a node on Rinkeby:
```bash
docker run -p 30303:30303 --mount type=bind,source=/<myvolume/pantheon/rinkeby>,target=/var/lib/pantheon pegasyseng/pantheon:latest --network=rinkeby --data-path=/var/lib/pantheon
```
### Run a Node on Ethereum Mainnet
To run a node on Ethereum mainnet with the HTTP JSON-RPC service enabled:
```bash
docker run -p 8545:8545 --mount type=bind,source=/<myvolume/pantheon/rinkeby>,target=/var/lib/pantheon -p 30303:30303 pegasyseng/pantheon:latest --rpc-http-enabled --data-path=/var/lib/pantheon
```
## Stopping Pantheon and Cleaning up Resources
When you're done running nodes, you can shut down the node container without deleting resources or
you can delete the container after stopping it. Run `docker container ls` and `docker volume ls` to
obtain the container and volume names.
To stop a container:
```bash
docker stop <container-name>
```
To delete a container:
```bash
docker rm <container-name>
```

@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
description: Starting Pantheon
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Starting Pantheon
Pantheon nodes can be used for varying purposes as described in the [Overview](../index.md).
Nodes can connect to the Ethereum mainnet, public testnets such as Ropsten, or private networks.
## Prerequisites
[Pantheon Installed](../Installation/Overview.md)
## Local Block Data
When connecting to a network other than the network previously connected to, you must either delete the local block data
or use the [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) option to specify a different data directory.
To delete the local block data, delete the `database` directory in the `pantheon/build/distribution/pantheon-<version>` directory.
## Genesis Configuration
Pantheon specifies the genesis configuration, and sets the network ID and bootnodes when connecting
to [Mainnet](#run-a-node-on-ethereum-mainnet), [Goerli](#run-a-node-on-goerli-testnet), [Rinkeby](#run-a-node-on-rinkeby-testnet), and [Ropsten](#run-a-node-on-ropsten-testnet).
When [`--network=dev`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#network) is specified, Pantheon uses the
development mode genesis configuration with a fixed low difficulty.
A node started with [`--network=dev`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#network) has an empty bootnodes list by default.
The genesis files defining the genesis configurations are in the [Pantheon source files](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/tree/master/config/src/main/resources).
To define a genesis configuration, create a genesis file (for example, `genesis.json`) and specify the file
using the [`--genesis-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#genesis-file) option.
## Confirm Node is Running
If you have started Pantheon with the [`--rpc-http-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-enabled) option, use [cURL](https://curl.haxx.se/) to
call [JSON-RPC API methods](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md) to confirm the node is running.
!!!example
* `eth_chainId` returns the chain ID of the network.
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"eth_chainId","params":[],"id":1}' localhost:8545
```
* `eth_syncing` returns the starting, current, and highest block.
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"eth_syncing","params":[],"id":1}' localhost:8545
```
For example, after connecting to mainnet `eth_syncing` will return something similar to:
```json
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 1,
"result" : {
"startingBlock" : "0x0",
"currentBlock" : "0x2d0",
"highestBlock" : "0x66c0"
}
}
```
## Run a Node for Testing
To run a node that mines blocks at a rate suitable for testing purposes:
```bash
pantheon --network=dev --miner-enabled --miner-coinbase=0xfe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73 --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-ws-enabled --rpc-http-enabled --data-path=/tmp/tmpDatdir
```
Alternatively, use the following [configuration file](../Configuring-Pantheon/Using-Configuration-File.md)
on the command line to start a node with the same options as above:
```toml
network="dev"
miner-enabled=true
miner-coinbase="0xfe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73"
rpc-http-cors-origins=["all"]
host-whitelist=["*"]
rpc-ws-enabled=true
rpc-http-enabled=true
data-path="/tmp/tmpdata-path"
```
## Run a Node on Ropsten Testnet
To run a node on Ropsten:
```bash
pantheon --network=ropsten
```
To run a node on Ropsten with the HTTP JSON-RPC service enabled and allow Remix to access the node:
```bash
pantheon --network=ropsten --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-cors-origins "http://remix.ethereum.org"
```
## Run a Node on Rinkeby Testnet
To run a node on Rinkeby specifying a data directory:
```bash
pantheon --network=rinkeby --data-path=<path>/<rinkebydata-path>
```
Where `<path>` and `<rinkebydata-path>` are the path and directory where the Rinkeby chain data is to be saved.
## Run a Node on Goerli Testnet
To run a node on [Goerli](https://github.com/goerli/testnet) specifying a data directory:
```bash
pantheon --network=goerli --data-path=<path>/<goerlidata-path>
```
Where `<path>` and `<goerlidata-path>` are the path and directory where the Goerli chain data is to be saved.
## Run a Node on Ethereum Mainnet
To run a node on the Ethereum mainnet:
```bash
pantheon
```
To run a node on mainnet with the HTTP JSON-RPC service enabled and available for localhost only:
```bash
pantheon --rpc-http-enabled
```

@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
# Getting Started with Pantheon
After you download and unpackage Pantheon, display the command line help to confirm installation:
1. At the command line, change into the `pantheon-<release>` directory.
2. To display the command line help:
```
./bin/pantheon --help
```
[Starting Pantheon](https://docs.pantheon.pegasys.tech/en/stable/Getting-Started/Starting-Pantheon/) includes
command line examples for connecting to MainNet, public testnets, and running a node for testing.
Pantheon documentation is on the [Pantheon documentation site](https://docs.pantheon.pegasys.tech/en/stable/).
!!! note
Starting Pantheon by double-clicking the `pantheon` or `pantheon.bat` executables starts a node synchronizing with the Ethereum mainnet.

@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
description: Building Pantheon from source code
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Build from Source
## Prerequisites
* [Java JDK](http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/downloads/index.html)
!!!important
Pantheon requires Java 11+ to compile; earlier versions are not supported.
* [Git](https://git-scm.com/downloads) or [GitHub Desktop](https://desktop.github.com/)
## Running Locally
* [Installation on Linux / Unix / Mac OS X](#installation-on-linux-unix-mac-os-x)
* [Installation on Windows](#installation-on-windows)
## Running On Virtual Machine
* [Installation on VM](#installation-on-vm)
## Installation on Linux / Unix / Mac OS X
###Clone the Pantheon Repository
Clone the **PegaSysEng/pantheon** repo to your home directory (`/home/<user>`):
```bash
git clone --recursive https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon.git
```
### Build Pantheon
After cloning, go to the `pantheon` directory.
Build Pantheon with the Gradle wrapper `gradlew`, omitting tests as follows:
```bash
./gradlew build -x test
```
Go to the distribution directory:
```bash
cd build/distributions/
```
Expand the distribution archive:
```bash
tar -xzf pantheon-<version>.tar.gz
```
Move to the expanded folder and display the Pantheon help to confirm installation.
````bash
cd pantheon-<version>/
bin/pantheon --help
````
!!! note "Linux Open File Limit"
If synchronizing to MainNet on Linux or other chains with large data requirements, increase the maximum number
of open files allowed using `ulimit`. If the open files limit is not high enough, a `Too many open files` RocksDB exception occurs.
Continue with [Starting Pantheon](../Getting-Started/Starting-Pantheon.md).
## Installation on Windows
!!!note
Pantheon is currently supported only on 64-bit versions of Windows, and requires a 64-bit version of JDK/JRE.
We recommend that you also remove any 32-bit JDK/JRE installations.
### Install Pantheon
In Git bash, go to your working directory for repositories. Clone the `PegaSysEng/pantheon` repo into this directory:
```bat
git clone --recursive https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon
```
### Build Pantheon
Go to the `pantheon` directory:
```bat
cd pantheon
```
Open a Windows command prompt. Build Pantheon with the Gradle wrapper `gradlew`, omitting tests as follows:
```bat
.\gradlew build -x test
```
!!!note
To run `gradlew`, you must have the **JAVA_HOME** system variable set to the Java installation directory.
For example: `JAVA_HOME = C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.8.0_181`.
Go to the distribution directory:
```bat
cd build\distributions
```
Expand the distribution archive:
```bat
tar -xzf pantheon-<version>.tar.gz
```
Move to the expanded folder and display the Pantheon help to confirm installation.
```bat
cd pantheon-<version>
bin\pantheon --help
```
Continue with [Starting Pantheon](../Getting-Started/Starting-Pantheon.md).
## Installation on VM
You can run Pantheon on a virtual machine (VM) on a cloud service such as AWS or Azure, or locally using a VM manager such as [VirtualBox](https://www.virtualbox.org/).
If you set up your own VM locally using a VM manager such as [VirtualBox](https://www.virtualbox.org/), there are a few considerations:
* Make sure that Intel Virtualization Technology (VTx) and Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O (VT-d) are enabled in BIOS settings.
* On Windows, you might need to disable Hyper-V in the Windows Feature list.
It is recommended that you create a VM with the following attributes:
* Memory Size: Set to 4096 (recommended)
* Create a virtual hard disk with at least 10 GB; 20 GB is recommended
* Virtual hard disk file type: VDI (if you need to share it with other apps, use VHD)
* (Optional) You can create a shared directory in order to copy block files or genesis files from the host computer to the VM. For details on how to create a shared directory, see "Share Folders" in [Install Ubuntu on Oracle VirtualBox](https://linus.nci.nih.gov/bdge/installUbuntu.html).

@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
description: Install Pantheon from binary distribution
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Install Binary Distribution
## Mac OS with Homebrew
### Prerequisites
* [Homebrew](https://brew.sh/)
* Java JDK
!!!attention
Pantheon requires Java 11+ to compile; earlier versions are not supported. You can install Java using `brew cask install adoptopenjdk`. Alternatively, you can manually install the [Java JDK](http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/downloads/index.html).
### Install Using Homebrew
```bash
brew tap pegasyseng/pantheon
brew install pantheon
```
Display Pantheon command line help to confirm installation:
```bash
pantheon --help
```
## Linux / Unix / Windows
### Prerequisites
* [Java JDK](http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/downloads/index.html)
!!!attention
Pantheon requires Java 11+ to compile; earlier versions are not supported.
Pantheon is currently supported only on 64-bit versions of Windows, and requires a 64-bit version of JDK/JRE.
We recommend that you also remove any 32-bit JDK/JRE installations.
!!! note "Linux Open File Limit"
If synchronizing to MainNet on Linux or other chains with large data requirements, increase the maximum
number of open files allowed using `ulimit`. If the open files limit is not high enough, a `Too many open files` RocksDB exception occurs.
### Install from Packaged Binaries
Download the Pantheon [packaged binaries](https://bintray.com/consensys/pegasys-repo/pantheon/_latestVersion#files).
Unpack the downloaded files and change into the `pantheon-<release>` directory.
Display Pantheon command line help to confirm installation:
```bash tab="Linux/macOS"
bin/pantheon --help
```
```bat tab="Windows"
bin\pantheon --help
```

@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
title: Installation overview
description: Overview and requirements to install Pantheon
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Installation Overview
You can install Pantheon by:
* [Installing the binary distribution](Install-Binaries.md)
* [Building from source](Build-From-Source.md)
!!! note
To run a single node to connect the Ethereum mainnet or a public testnet, running from the [Pantheon docker image](../Getting-Started/Run-Docker-Image.md) is the fastest way to get started.

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
title: System Requirements
description: System requirements to sync and run Pantheon
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# System Requirements
The system requirements for Pantheon depend on a number of factors:
* Size of the world state for the network
* Number of transactions submitted to network
* Block gas limit
* Number and complexity of [JSON-RPC](../Pantheon-API/Using-JSON-RPC-API.md), [PubSub](../Pantheon-API/RPC-PubSub.md),
or [GraphQL](../Pantheon-API/GraphQL.md) queries being handled by the node
## Determining System Requirements
To determine system requirements, monitor CPU and disk space requirements using [Prometheus](https://docs.pantheon.pegasys.tech/en/stable/Monitoring/Monitoring-Performance/#monitor-node-performance-using-prometheus).
A sample [Grafana dashboard](https://grafana.com/grafana/dashboards/10273) is provided for Pantheon.
!!! tip
CPU requirements are highest when syncing to the network and typically reduce once the node is synchronized to the chain head.
## RAM
Pantheon requires 4GB of RAM. For Ethereum Mainnet, a minimum of 8GB of RAM is required
## Disk Space
Syncing to the Ethereum mainnet requires 3TB for a full sync.

@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
description: Ethereum Lite Explorer
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Alethio Ethereum Lite Explorer
Use the [Alethio Ethereum Lite Explorer](https://lite-explorer.aleth.io/) to explore blockchain data
at the block, transaction, and account level.
The Alethio Ethereum Lite Explorer is a web application that connects to any Ethereum
JSON-RPC enabled node. No online server, hosting, or trusting third parties to display the blockchain
data is required.
!!! note
The Alethio Ethereum Lite Explorer is an [Alethio product](https://company.aleth.io/developers).
## Prerequisites
[Docker](https://docs.docker.com/install/) or [Node.js](https://nodejs.org/)
!!! tip
Using Docker is the easiest way to get started using the Ethereum Lite Explorer with Pantheon if you
do not have Node.js installed.
## Run Using Docker
To run the Ethereum Lite Explorer using the Docker image:
1. Start Pantheon with the [`--rpc-http-enabled`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-enabled) option.
!!! example
To run Pantheon in development mode:
```bash
pantheon --network=dev --miner-enabled --miner-coinbase=0xfe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73 --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-enabled --data-path=/tmp/tmpDatdir
```
1. Run the `alethio/ethereum-lite-explorer` Docker image specifying the JSON-RPC HTTP URL (`http://localhost:8545` in this example):
```bash
docker run --rm -p 8080:80 -e APP_NODE_URL=http://localhost:8545 alethio/ethereum-lite-explorer
```
1. Open [http://localhost:8080](http://localhost:8080) in your browser to view the Lite Explorer.
![Ethereum Lite Explorer](explorer.png)
!!! note "Default HTTP port"
We are using port 8080 to run the Ethereum Lite Explorer so
the [EthStats Lite](Lite-Network-Monitor.md) can use port 80. You can then run
both at the same time.
## Install and Run with Node.js
1. Clone the `ethereum-lite-explorer` repository:
```bash
git clone https://github.com/Alethio/ethereum-lite-explorer.git
```
1. Change into the `ethereum-lite-explorer` directory:
```bash
cd ethereum-lite-explorer
```
1. Install npm packages:
```bash
npm install
```
1. Copy the sample config:
```bash
cp config.default.json config.dev.json
```
1. Update the `config.dev.json` file:
* Set `APP_NODE_URL` to the JSON-RPC HTTP URL of your node (`http://localhost:8545` in this example)
* Remove other environment variables.
1. In another terminal, start Pantheon with the [`--rpc-http-enabled`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-enabled) option.
!!! example
To run Pantheon in development mode:
```bash
pantheon --network=dev --miner-enabled --miner-coinbase=0xfe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73 --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-enabled --data-path=/tmp/tmpDatdir
```
1. In the `ethereum-lite-explorer` directory, run the Lite Explorer in development mode:
```bash
npm run build
npm run start
```
1. A browser window displays the Ethereum Lite Explorer (http://localhost:3000/).
## Lite Block Explorer Documentation
See the Ethereum Lite Explorer [GitHub repository](https://github.com/Alethio/ethereum-lite-explorer)
for more documentation, including details on deploying it.

@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
description: Alethio EthStats Lite network monitor
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Alethio EthStats Lite (network monitor)
Use [EthStats Lite](https://github.com/Alethio?utf8=%E2%9C%93&q=ethstats&type=&language=javascript)
to have a live view of private network health by displaying real time and historical statistics
about the network and nodes.
EthStats Lite supports in-memory persistence or using Redis to persist a fixed number of blocks
(by default, 3000).
You can also use a full online version of EthStats for the [Ethereum MainNet](https://ethstats.io).
!!! note
The EthStats Lite is an [Alethio product](https://company.aleth.io/developers).
!!! tip
Static local ports 80 and 3000 are used in the example [running EthStats Lite
for a Pantheon Node](#running-ethstats-lite-for-a-pantheon-node).
## Statistics
Statistics displayed by EthStats Lite include:
* Nodes in the network. Metrics for nodes include:
- Information about the last received block such as block number,
block hash, transaction count, uncle count, block time and propagation time
- Connected peers, whether the node is mining, hash rate, latency, and uptime
* Charts for Block Time, Block Difficulty, Block Gas Limit, Block Uncles, Block Transactions, Block Gas Used,
Block Propagation Histogram, and Top Miners
* IP based geolocation overview
* Node logs. Node logs display the data sent by a node
* Block history. Block history provides the ability to go back in time and playback the block propagation
through the nodes
## Components
EthStats Lite consists of:
* [Server](https://github.com/Alethio/ethstats-network-server). Consumes node data received from the
client.
* [Client](https://github.com/Alethio/ethstats-cli). A client must be started for each node in the network.
The client extracts data from the node and sends it to the server
* [Dashboard](https://github.com/Alethio/ethstats-network-dashboard). Dashboard displaying [statistics](#statistics).
## Pre-requisities
[Docker](https://docs.docker.com/install/)
!!! tip
EthStats Lite has a number of dependencies. Using Docker is the easiest way to
use EthStats Lite with Pantheon.
The [EthStats CLI](https://github.com/Alethio/ethstats-cli),
[EthStats Network Server](https://github.com/Alethio/ethstats-network-server), and [EthStats Network
Dashboard](https://github.com/Alethio/ethstats-network-dashboard) documentation describes how to
install EthStats Lite tools.
## Running EthStats Lite for a Pantheon Node
!!! important
This example describes how to run EthStats Lite for a single Pantheon node.
To run EthStats Lite for a network of nodes, a [client](#3-client) must be started for each node.
### 1. Server
Start the EthStats Lite server using in-memory persistence:
1. Clone the server repository:
```bash
git clone https://github.com/Alethio/ethstats-network-server.git
```
1. Change into the `/ethstats-network-server/docker/lite-mode/memory-persistence` directory:
```bash
cd ethstats-network-server/docker/lite-mode/memory-persistence
```
1. Update the `docker-compose.yml` file to your Pantheon [network ID](../../Configuring-Pantheon/NetworkID-And-ChainID.md):
```yaml
- NETWORK_ID=2018
- NETWORK_NAME=mynetwork
```
In this example we are using the `dev` Pantheon network with a network ID of `2018`.
1. Start the server using Docker compose:
```bash
docker-compose up -d
```
!!! tip
A `docker-compose` file is provided in the `ethstats-network-server/docker/lite-mode/redis-persistence`
directory to run the server using Redis to persist a fixed number of blocks (default is 3000).
### 2. Pantheon
Start Pantheon in development mode with WebSockets enabled:
```bash
docker run --rm -p 8546:8546 pegasyseng/pantheon:latest --miner-enabled --miner-coinbase fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73 --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-ws-enabled --network=dev
```
Where `<pantheondata-path>` is the volume to which the node data is saved.
### 3. Client
Start the client for the Pantheon node:
```bash
docker run -d --rm --name ethstats-client --net host alethio/ethstats-cli --register --account-email <email> --node-name <node_name> --server-url http://localhost:3000 --client-url ws://127.0.0.1:8546
```
Where:
* `--server-url` specifies [your server](#1-server). The default is the server that consumes data for the Ethereum MainNet.
* `--register` specifies the registration of the Pantheon node is done automatically with the specified `<email>` and `<node_name>`.
Registering the node is only required the first time the client is started for the node.
* `--client-url` specifies the WebSockets URL for the Pantheon node.
### 4. Dashboard
To display EthStats Lite dashboard, open [http://localhost](http://localhost) in your browser.
![Alethio EthStats Lite Dashboard](ethstats.png)
!!! note "Default HTTP port"
We are using the default HTTP port (80) to run EthStats Lite. The [Lite Block Explorer](Lite-Block-Explorer.md)
example uses port 8080. You can then run both at the same time.
To change the port, update the `docker-compose.yml` file:
```yaml
ports:
- 127.0.0.1:80:80
```
Update the first 80 to the required port:
```yaml
ports:
- 127.0.0.1:8081:80
```
### Stopping and Cleaning Up Resources
When you've finished running EthStats Lite:
1. Stop Pantheon using ++ctrl+c++.
1. Stop EthStats Lite server and remove containers and volumes:
```bash
docker-compose down -v
```
1. Stop EthStats Lite client:
```bash
docker stop ethstats-client
```
!!! tip
The client container is automatically removed because we used the `--rm` option.

@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
description: Alethio Lite Block Explorer And EthStats Lite Network Monitor Overview
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Alethio
Alethio offers a set of tools including the [Block Explorer](https://aleth.io/) and
[EthStats Network Monitor](https://ethstats.io/). The Alethio tools are developed by [Alethio](https://company.aleth.io/).
The Block Explorer and EthStats provide a comprehensive view into the activity in a
public or private Enterprise Ethereum network. The statistics are at the network level
and the block, transaction, and account level.
To use the Block Explorer and EthStats for testing and private networks, run the the [Lite Block
Explorer](Lite-Block-Explorer.md) and [EthStats Lite](Lite-Network-Monitor.md).
Contact [Alethio](https://company.aleth.io/) at [contact@aleth.io](mailto:contact@aleth.io) for
details about the full versions and enterprise solutions.

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 830 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 559 KiB

@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon log level setting and log formatting
path: blob/master/pantheon/src/main/resources/
source: log4j2.xml
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Logging
Pantheon uses Log4J2 for logging. There are two methods to configure logging behavior:
* Basic - changes the log level.
* Advanced - configures the output and format of the logs.
!!!note
For most use-cases, the basic method provides sufficient configurability.
## Basic Log Level Setting
Use the [`--logging`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#logging) command line option to specify
the logging verbosity. The [`--logging`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#logging) option changes
the volume of events displayed in the log.
!!! tip
Use the [`admin_changeLogLevel`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#admin_changeloglevel) API method
to change the log level while Pantheon is running.
## Advanced Custom Logging
You can provide your own logging configuration using the standard Log4J2 configuration mechanisms.
For example, the following Log4J2 configuration is the same as the
[default configuration](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/blob/master/pantheon/src/main/resources/log4j2.xml)
except logging of stack traces for exceptions is excluded.
```xml tab="debug.xml"
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<Configuration status="INFO">
<Properties>
<Property name="root.log.level">INFO</Property>
</Properties>
<Appenders>
<Console name="Console" target="SYSTEM_OUT">
<PatternLayout pattern="%d{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.SSSZZZ} | %t | %-5level | %c{1} | %msg %throwable{short.message}%n" />
</Console>
</Appenders>
<Loggers>
<Root level="${sys:root.log.level}">
<AppenderRef ref="Console" />
</Root>
</Loggers>
</Configuration>
```
To use your custom configuration, set the environment variable `LOG4J_CONFIGURATION_FILE` to the
location of your configuration file.
If you have more specific requirements, you can create your own
[log4j2 configuration](https://logging.apache.org/log4j/2.x/manual/configuration.html).
For Bash-based executions, you can set the variable for only the scope of the program execution by
setting it before starting Pantheon.
!!!example
To set the debug logging and start Pantheon connected to the Rinkeby testnet:
```bash
LOG4J_CONFIGURATION_FILE=./debug.xml pantheon --network=rinkeby
```

@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
description: Frequently asked questions FAQ and answers for troubleshooting Pantheon use
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Monitoring Pantheon
## Monitor Node Performance and Connectivity Using the JSON-RPC API
You can monitor node performance using the [`debug_metrics`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#debug_metrics)
JSON-RPC API method.
## Monitor Node Performance Using Prometheus
Use the [`--metrics-enabled` option](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#metrics-enabled) to enable the [Prometheus](https://prometheus.io/) monitoring and
alerting service to access Pantheon metrics. You can also visualize the collected data using [Grafana](https://grafana.com/).
A sample [Pantheon Grafana dashboard](https://grafana.com/dashboards/10273) is provided.
To specify the host and port on which Prometheus accesses Pantheon, use the [`--metrics-host`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#metrics-host) and
[`--metrics-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#metrics-port) options.
The default host and port are 127.0.0.1 and 9545.
You can install other Prometheus components such as the Alert Manager. Additional configuration
is not required for these components because Prometheus handles and analyzes data directly from the feed.
To use Prometheus with Pantheon, install the [prometheus main component](https://prometheus.io/download/). On MacOS, install with [Homebrew](https://formulae.brew.sh/formula/prometheus):
```
brew install prometheus
```
### Setting up and Running Prometheus with Pantheon
To configure Prometheus and run with Pantheon:
1. Configure Prometheus to poll Pantheon. For example, add the following yaml fragment to the `scrape_configs`
block of the `prometheus.yml` file:
```yml tab="Example"
job_name: pantheon-dev
scrape_interval: 15s
scrape_timeout: 10s
metrics_path: /metrics
scheme: http
static_configs:
- targets:
- localhost:9545
```
1. Start Pantheon with the [`--metrics-enabled` option](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#metrics-enabled). To start
a single node for testing with metrics enabled:
```bash tab="Example"
pantheon --network=dev --miner-enabled --miner-coinbase fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73
--rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-enabled --metrics-enabled
```
1. In another terminal, run Prometheus specifying the `prometheus.yml` file:
```bash tab="Example"
prometheus --config.file=config.yml
```
1. Open a web browser to `http://localhost:9090` to view the Prometheus graphical interface.
1. Choose **Graph** from the menu bar and click the **Console** tab below.
1. From the **Insert metric at cursor** drop-down, select a metric such as `pantheon_blockchain_difficulty_total` or
`pantheon_blockchain_height` and click **Execute**. The values are displayed below.
Click the **Graph** tab to view the data as a time-based graph. The query string is displayed below the graph.
For example: `{pantheon_blockchain_height{instance="localhost:9545",job="prometheus"}`
### Running Prometheus with Pantheon in Push Mode
The [`--metrics-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#metrics-enabled) option enables Prometheus polling
Pantheon but sometimes metrics are hard to poll (for example, when running inside Docker containers with varying IP addresses).
The [`--metrics-push-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#metrics-push-enabled) option enables Pantheon
to push metrics to a [Prometheus Pushgateway](https://github.com/prometheus/pushgateway).
To configure Prometheus and run with Pantheon pushing to a push gateway:
1. Configure Prometheus to read from a push gateway. For example, add the following yaml fragment to the `scrape_configs`
block of the `prometheus.yml` file:
```yml tab="Example"
- job_name: push-gateway
metrics_path: /metrics
scheme: http
static_configs:
- targets:
- localhost:9091
```
1. Start the push gateway. The push gateway can be deployed using the Docker image:
```bash tab="Example"
docker pull prom/pushgateway
docker run -d -p 9091:9091 prom/pushgateway
```
1. Start Pantheon specifying the `--metrics-push-enabled` option and port of the push gateway:
```bash tab="Example"
pantheon --network=dev --miner-enabled --miner-coinbase fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73 --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-enabled --metrics-push-enabled --metrics-push-port=9091 --metrics-push-host=127.0.0.1
```
1. In another terminal, run Prometheus specifying the `prometheus.yml` file:
```bash tab="Example"
prometheus --config.file=config.yml
```
1. View the Prometheus graphical interface as described in [Setting up and Running Prometheus with Pantheon](#setting-up-and-running-prometheus-with-pantheon).

@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
# Authentication and Authorization for JSON-RPC
Authentication identifies a user based on a username and password. Authorization verifies whether the user has
access to the JSON-RPC method they are requesting.
Pantheon uses the username and password to authenticate users and [JWT tokens](https://jwt.io/introduction/) to authorize JSON-RPC requests.
!!! important
To prevent interception of authentication credentials and authenticated tokens, make authenticated requests over HTTPS.
We recommended production deployments are run behind a network layer that provides SSL termination.
Pantheon does not provide a HTTPS connection natively.
## Credentials File
The credentials file is a `toml` file defining user details and the JSON-RPC methods to which they have access.
!!! example "Example Credentials File"
```toml
[Users.username1]
password = "$2a$10$l3GA7K8g6rJ/Yv.YFSygCuI9byngpEzxgWS9qEg5emYDZomQW7fGC"
permissions=["net:*","eth:blockNumber"]
[Users.username2]
password = "$2b$10$6sHt1J0MVUGIoNKvJiK33uaZzUwNmMmJlaVLkIwinkPiS1UBnAnF2"
permissions=["net:version","admin:*"]
```
Each user requiring JSON-RPC access is listed with:
* Username. `Users.` is mandatory and followed by the username. That is, replace `<username>` in `[Users.<username>]` with the username being defined.
* Hash of the user password. Use the [`password hash`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#password) subcommand to generate the hash.
* JSON-RPC permissions.
!!! example "password hash Subcommand"
```bash
pantheon password hash --password=pegasys
```
## JSON-RPC Permissions
Each user has a list of permissions strings defining the methods they can access. To give access to:
* All API methods, specify `["*:*"]`.
* All API methods in an API group, specify `["<api_group>:*"]`. For example, `["eth:*"]`.
* Specific API methods, specify `["<api_group>:<method_name>"]`. For example, `["admin:peers"]`.
If authentication is enabled, to explicitly specify a user cannot access any methods, include the user with an empty permissions list (`[]`).
Users with an empty permissions list and users not included in the credentials file cannot access any JSON-RPC
methods.
## Enabling Authentication
Use the [` --rpc-http-authentication-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-authentication-enabled) or
[`--rpc-ws-authentication-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-authentication-enabled)
options to require authentication for the JSON-RPC API.
Use the [`--rpc-http-authentication-credentials-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-authentication-credentials-file)
and [`--rpc-ws-authentication-credentials-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-authentication-credentials-file)
options to specify the [credentials file](#credentials-file).
## Obtaining an Authentication Token
To obtain an authentication token, make a request to the `/login` endpoint with your username and password. Specify the
HTTP port or the WS port to obtain a token to authenticate over HTTP or WS respectively. A different token is required
for HTTP and WS.
!!! example
```bash tab="Obtain Token for HTTP"
curl -X POST --data '{"username":"username1","password":"pegasys"}' <JSON-RPC-http-hostname:http-port>/login
```
```bash tab="Example for HTTP"
curl -X POST --data '{"username":"username1","password":"pegasys"}' http://localhost:8545/login
```
```bash tab="Obtain Token for WS"
curl -X POST --data '{"username":"username1","password":"pegasys"}' <JSON-RPC-ws-hostname:ws-port>/login
```
```bash tab="Example for WS"
curl -X POST --data '{"username":"username1","password":"pegasys"}' http://localhost:8546/login
```
```json tab="JSON result"
{"token":"eyJ0eXAiOiJKV1QiLCJhbGciOiJSUzI1NiJ9.eyJwZXJtaXNzaW9ucyI6WyIqOioiXSwidXNlcm5hbWUiOiJ1c2VyMiIsImlhdCI6MTU1MDQ2MDYwNCwiZXhwIjoxNTUwNDYwOTA0fQ.l2Ycqzl_AyvReXBeUSayOlOMS_E8-DCuz3q0Db0DKD7mqyl6q-giWoEtfdWzUEvZbRRi2_ecKO3N6JkXq7zMKQAJbVAEzobfbaaXWcQEpHOjtnK4_Yz-UPyKiXtu7HGdcdl5Tfx3dKoksbqkBl3U3vFWxzmFnuu3dAISfVJYUNA"}
```
Authentication tokens expire 5 minutes after being generated. It is necessary to generate a new authentication
token if access is required after token expiration.
## Using an Authentication Token to Make Requests
Specify the authentication token as a `Bearer` token in the JSON-RPC request header.
### Postman
In the _Authorization_ tab in the _TYPE_ drop-down list, select *Bearer Token* and specify the token
generated by the [`login` request](#obtaining-an-authentication-token).
### Curl
Specify the `Bearer` in the header.
!!! example
```bash tab="curl Request with Authentication Placeholders"
curl -X POST -H 'Authorization: Bearer <JWT_TOKEN>' -d '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"<API_METHOD>","params":[],"id":1}' <JSON-RPC-http-hostname:port>
```
```bash tab="curl Request with Authentication"
curl -X POST -H 'Authorization: Bearer eyJ0eXAiOiJKV1QiLCJhbGciOiJSUzI1NiJ9.eyJwZXJtaXNzaW9ucyI6WyIqOioiXSwidXNlcm5hbWUiOiJ1c2VyMiIsImlhdCI6MTU1MDQ2MTQxNiwiZXhwIjoxNTUwNDYxNzE2fQ.WQ1mqpqzRLHaoL8gOSEZPvnRs_qf6j__7A3Sg8vf9RKvWdNTww_vRJF1gjcVy-FFh96AchVnQyXVx0aNUz9O0txt8VN3jqABVWbGMfSk2T_CFdSw5aDjuriCsves9BQpP70Vhj-tseaudg-XU5hCokX0tChbAqd9fB2138zYm5M' -d '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"net_listening","params":[],"id":1}' http://localhost:8545
```

@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
description: How to access the Pantheon API using GraphQL
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# GraphQL over HTTP
GraphQL can reduce the overhead needed for common queries. For example, instead of querying each receipt in a
block, GraphQL can obtain the same result with a single query for the entire block.
The GraphQL implementation for Ethereum is described in the [schema](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/blob/master/ethereum/graphql/src/main/resources/schema.graphqls).
The GraphQL service is enabled using the [command line options](../Pantheon-API#enabling-api-access).
!!! note
GraphQL is not supported over WebSockets.
## GraphQL Requests with Curl
[Pantheon JSON-RPC API methods](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md) with an equivalent [GraphQL](../Pantheon-API/GraphQL.md)
query include a GraphQL request and result in the method example.
!!! example
The following [`syncing`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_syncing) request returns data about the synchronization status.
```bash
curl -X POST -H "Content-Type: application/json" --data '{ "query": "{syncing{startingBlock currentBlock highestBlock}}"}' http://localhost:8547/graphql
```
## GraphQL Requests with GraphiQL App
The third-party tool [GraphiQL](https://github.com/skevy/graphiql-app) provides a tabbed interface for editing and testing GraphQL
queries and mutations. GraphiQL also provides access the Pantheon GraphQL schema from within the app.
![GraphiQL](../images/GraphiQL.png)
## Pending
The Pending query is supported for `transactionCount` and `transactions`.
!!! important
Pantheon doesn't execute pending transactions so result from `account`, `call`, and `estimateGas` for Pending
do not reflect pending transactions.
!!! example
```bash tab="Pending Transaction Count"
curl -X POST -H "Content-Type: application/json" --data '{ "query": "{pending {transactionCount}}"}' http://localhost:8547/graphql
```
```bash tab="Result"
{
"data" : {
"pending" : {
"transactionCount" : 2
}
}
}
```
!!! example
```bash tab="Pending Transactions"
curl -X POST -H "Content-Type: application/json" --data '{ "query": "{pending {transactions{hash}}}"}' http://localhost:8547/graphql
```
```bash tab="Result"
{
"data" : {
"pending" : {
"transactions" : [ {
"hash" : "0xbb3ab8e2113a4afdde9753782cb0680408c0d5b982572dda117a4c72fafbf3fa"
}, {
"hash" : "0xf6bd6b1bccf765024bd482a71c6855428e2903895982090ab5dbb0feda717af6"
} ]
}
}
}
```

@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon JSON-RPC API reference
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# JSON-RPC API Overview
The Pantheon JSON-RPC API uses the [JSON-RPC v2.0](https://www.jsonrpc.org/specification) specification of the JSON-RPC protocol.
The [JSON](http://json.org/) (RFC 4627) format which represents
objects and data fields as collections of name/value pairs, in a readable, hierarchical form.
Values have specific data types such as quantities (decimal integers, hexadecimal numbers, strings) and
unformatted data (byte arrays, account addresses, hashes, and bytecode arrays).
RPC is the remote procedure call protocol (RFC 1831). The protocol is stateless and transport agnostic in that the concepts
can be used within the same process, over sockets, over HTTP, or in various message passing environments.
The Reference documentation includes the [JSON-RPC API Methods](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md)
and [JSON-RPC API Objects](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Objects.md)

@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon API
<!--- END of page meta data -->
Access the [Pantheon API](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md) using:
* [JSON-RPC over HTTP or WebSockets](Using-JSON-RPC-API.md)
* [RPC Pub/Sub over WebSockets](RPC-PubSub.md)
* [GraphQL over HTTP](GraphQL.md)
Information applying to JSON-RPC, RPC Pub/Sub, and GraphQL is included below.
## Enabling API Access
Use the [`--rpc-http-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-enabled), [`--ws-http-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-enabled),
and [`--graphql-http-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#graphql-http-enabled) options to enable API access.
## Service Hosts
Use the [`--rpc-http-host`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-host), [`--rpc-ws-host`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-host),
and [`--graphql-http-host`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#graphql-http-host) options to specify the host on which the API service listens.
The default host is 127.0.0.1.
Set the host to `0.0.0.0` to allow remote connections.
!!! caution
Setting the host to 0.0.0.0 exposes the API service connection on your node to any remote connection. In a
production environment, ensure you use a firewall to avoid exposing your node to the internet.
## Service Ports
Use the [`--rpc-http-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-port), [`--rpc-ws-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-port),
and [`--graphql-http-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#graphql-http-port) options to specify the port on which the API service listens.
The default ports are:
* 8545 for JSON-RPC over HTTP
* 8546 for JSON-RPC over WebSockets
* 8547 for GraphQL over HTTP
Ports must be [exposed appropriately](../Configuring-Pantheon/Networking/Managing-Peers.md#port-configuration).
## Host Whitelist
To prevent DNS rebinding, incoming HTTP requests, WebSockets connections, and GraphQL requests are only accepted from hostnames
specified using the [`--host-whitelist`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#host-whitelist) option.
By default, `localhost` and `127.0.0.1` are accepted.
If your application publishes RPC ports, specify the hostnames when starting Pantheon.
!!! example
```bash
pantheon --host-whitelist=example.com
```
Specify "*" for `--host-whitelist` to effectively disable host protection.
!!! caution
Specifying "*" for `--host-whitelist` is not recommended for production code.
## Not Supported by Pantheon
### Account Management
Account management relies on private key management in the client which is not implemented by Pantheon.
Use [`eth_sendRawTransaction`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_sendrawtransaction) to send signed transactions; `eth_sendTransaction` is not implemented.
Use third-party wallets for [account management](../Using-Pantheon/Account-Management.md).
### Protocols
Pantheon does not implement the Whisper and Swarm protocols.

@ -1,377 +0,0 @@
description: Using RPC Pub/Sub with WebSockets
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# RPC Pub/Sub over WebSockets
## Introduction
Use RPC Pub/Sub over WebSockets to wait for events instead of polling for them. For example, a Dapp can
subscribe to logs to be notified when a specific event has occurred.
Methods specific to RPC Pub/Sub are:
* `eth_subscribe` - create a subscription for specific events.
* `eth_unsubscribe` - cancel a subscription.
!!!important
Unlike other [Pantheon API methods](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md),
the RPC Pub/Sub methods cannot be called over HTTP. Use the [`--rpc-ws-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-enabled) option to enable
the WebSockets JSON-RPC service.
### Using RPC Pub/Sub
The RPC Pub/Sub API is supported on [WebSockets](../Pantheon-API/Using-JSON-RPC-API.md#http-and-websocket-requests).
Use `eth_subscribe` to create subscriptions. Once subscribed, notifications are published by the API using `eth_subscription`.
!!!note
Notifications are published by `eth_subscription`; you do not need to call `eth_subscription`.
Subscriptions are coupled to a connection. If the connection is closed, all subscriptions created over this connection are removed.
### Subscription ID
`eth_subscribe` returns a subscription ID for each subscription created. Notifications include the subscription ID.
!!!example
For example, to create a synchonizing subscription
```json
{"id": 1, "method": "eth_subscribe", "params": ["syncing"]}
```
The result includes the subscription ID of `"0x1"`:
```json
{"jsonrpc":"2.0","id":1,"result":"0x1"}
```
The notifications also include the subscription ID of `"0x1"`:
```json
{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"eth_subscription","params":{"subscription":"0x1","result":{"startingBlock":"0x0","currentBlock":"0x50","highestBlock":"0x343c19"}}}
```
### Notifications when Synchronizing
Subscribing to some events (for example, logs) can cause a flood of notifications while the node is synchronizing.
## Subscribing
Use `eth_subscribe` to create subscriptions for the following event types:
* [New headers](#new-headers)
* [Logs](#logs)
* [Pending transactions](#pending-transactions)
* [Dropped transactions](#dropped-transactions)
* [Synchronizng](#synchronizing)
### New Headers
Use the `newHeads` parameter with `eth_subscribe` to be notified each time a block is added to the blockchain.
If a chain reorganization occurs, the subscription publishes notifications for blocks in the new chain.
This means the subscription can publish notifications for multiple blocks at the same height on the blockchain.
The new headers notification returns [block objects](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Objects.md#block-object). The
second parameter is optional. If specified, whole [transaction objects](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Objects.md#transaction-object)
are included in the notifications. Otherwise, the transaction hashes are included.
!!!example
To subscribe to new header notifications:
```json
{"id": 1, "method": "eth_subscribe", "params": ["newHeads", {"includeTransactions": true}]}
```
Example result:
```json
{"jsonrpc":"2.0","id":2,"result":"0x1"}
```
Example notification without the `{"includeTransactions": true}` parameter included:
```json
{
"jsonrpc": "2.0",
"method": "eth_subscription",
"params":{
"subscription":"0x1",
"result": {
"number":"0x40c22",
"hash":"0x16af2ee1672203c7ac13ff280822008be0f38e1e5bdc675760015ae3192c0e3a",
"parentHash":"0x1fcf5dadfaf2ab4d985eb05d40eaa23605b0db25d736610c4b87173bfe438f91",
"nonce":"0x0000000000000000",
"sha3Uncles":"0x1dcc4de8dec75d7aab85b567b6ccd41ad312451b948a7413f0a142fd40d49347",
"logsBloom":"0x00008000000000080000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000000000000040000000000000000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000040000000000000000000000000000000000000400000000010000000000000000100000000000020000000000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"transactionsRoot":"0x5b2e3c1a49352f1ca9fb5dfe74b7ffbbb6d70e23a12693444e26058d8a8e6296",
"stateRoot":"0xbe8d3bc58bd982421a3ea8b66753404502df0f464ae78a17661d157c406dd38b",
"receiptsRoot":"0x81b175ec1f4d44fbbd6ba08f1bd3950663b307b7cb35751c067b535cc0b58f12",
"miner":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"difficulty":"0x1",
"totalDifficulty":"0x7c16e",
"extraData":"0xd783010600846765746887676f312e372e33856c696e757800000000000000002160f780bb1f61eda045c67cdb1297ba37d8349df8035533cb0cf82a7e45f23f3d72bbec125a9f499b3eb110b7d1918d466cb2ede90b38296cfe2aaf452c513f00",
"size":"0x3a1",
"gasLimit":"0x47e7c4",
"gasUsed":"0x11ac3a",
"timestamp":"0x592afc24",
"uncles":[],
"transactions":["0x419c69d21b14e2e8f911def22bb6d0156c876c0e1c61067de836713043364d6c","0x70a5b2cb2cee6e0b199232a1757fc2a9d6053a4691a7afef8508fd88aeeec703","0x4b3035f1d32339fe1a4f88147dc197a0fe5bbd63d3b9dec2dad96a3b46e4fddd"],
},
}
}
```
Example notification with the `{"includeTransactions": true}` parameter included:
```json
{
"jsonrpc": "2.0",
"method": "eth_subscription",
"params":{
"subscription":"0x1",
"result": {
....
"transactions":[
{
"blockHash":"0xa30ee4d7c271ae5150aec494131c5f1f34089c7aa8fb58bd8bb916a55275bb90",
"blockNumber":"0x63",
"from":"0xfe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73",
"gas":"0x5208",
"gasPrice":"0x3b9aca00",
"hash":"0x11f66c3e96a92e3c14c1c33ad77381221bf8b58a887b4fed6aee456fc6f39b24",
"input":"0x",
"nonce":"0x1",
"to":"0x627306090abab3a6e1400e9345bc60c78a8bef57",
"transactionIndex":"0x0",
"value":"0x56bc75e2d63100000",
"v":"0xfe8",
"r":"0x4b57d179c74885ef5f9326fd000665ea7fae44095c1e2016a2817fc671beb8cc",
"s":"0x7ec060b115746dda392777df07ae1feacc0b83b3646f0a3de9a5fc3615af9bb8",
}
],
},
}
}
```
### Logs
Use the `logs` parameter with `eth_subscribe` to be notified of [logs](../Using-Pantheon/Events-and-Logs.md) included in new blocks. You can
specify a filter object to receive notifications only for logs matching your filter.
Logs subscriptions have an filter object parameter with the following fields:
- `address` - (optional) Either an address or an array of addresses. Returns only logs created from these addresses.
- `topics` - (optional) Returns only logs that match the [specified topics](../Using-Pantheon/Events-and-Logs.md#topic-filters).
If a chain reorganization occurs, the subscription publishes notifications for logs from the old chain
with the `removed` property in the [log object](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Objects.md#log-object) set to `true`.
This means the subscription can publish notifications for multiple logs for the same transaction.
The logs subscription returns [log objects](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Objects.md#log-object).
!!!example
To subscribe to all logs notifications:
```json
{"id": 1, "method": "eth_subscribe", "params": ["logs",{}]}
```
To subscribe to logs for a specific address and topic:
```json
{"id": 1, "method": "eth_subscribe", "params": ["logs", {"address": "0x8320fe7702b96808f7bbc0d4a888ed1468216cfd", "topics": ["0xd78a0cb8bb633d06981248b816e7bd33c2a35a6089241d099fa519e361cab902"]}]}
```
Example result:
```json
{"jsonrpc":"2.0","id":1,"result":"0x2"}
```
Example notification:
```json
{
"jsonrpc":"2.0",
"method":"eth_subscription",
"params":{
"subscription":"0x2",
"result":{
"logIndex":"0x0",
"removed":false,
"blockNumber":"0x2174",
"blockHash":"0x7bc83837534aa13df55ff7db77784b1d1ba666d4c4bdd223cae9fe09c7c37eba",
"transactionHash":"0x942179373e413824c6bc7045e92295aff91b679215446549b4aeb084da46495b",
"transactionIndex":"0x0",
"address":"0x9b8397f1b0fecd3a1a40cdd5e8221fa461898517",
"data":"0x",
"topics":["0x199cd93e851e4c78c437891155e2112093f8f15394aa89dab09e38d6ca072787","0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000005"]
}
}
}
```
### Pending Transactions
Use the `newPendingTransactions` parameter with `eth_subscribe` to be notified of pending transactions
added to the transaction pool for the node.
The pending transactions subscription returns the transaction hashes or transaction details of the pending transactions.
If the `includeTransactions` parameter is not included, the default is transaction hashes only.
If a chain reorganization occurs, transactions are resubmitted to be included in the new canonical chain.
This means the subscription can publish notifications for the same pending transaction more than once.
!!!example "Transaction Hashes"
To subscribe to pending transaction notifications and receive transaction hashes only:
```json
{"id": 1, "method": "eth_subscribe", "params": ["newPendingTransactions", {"includeTransactions":false}]}
```
Example result:
```json
{"jsonrpc":"2.0","id":1,"result":"0x1"}
```
Example notification:
```json
{
"jsonrpc":"2.0",
"method":"eth_subscription",
"params":{
"subscription":"0x1",
"result":"0x5705bc8bf875ff03e98adb98489428835892dc6ba6a6b139fee1becbc26db0b8"
}
}
```
!!!example "Transaction Details"
To subscribe to pending transaction notifications and receive transaction details:
```json
{"id": 1, "method": "eth_subscribe", "params": ["newPendingTransactions", {"includeTransactions":true}]}
```
Example result:
```json
{"jsonrpc":"2.0","id":1,"result":"0x2"}
```
Example notification:
```json
{
"jsonrpc":"2.0",
"method":"eth_subscription",
"params":{
"subscription":"0x2",
"result":{
"from":"0xfe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73",
"gas":"0x5208",
"gasPrice":"0x2540be400",
"hash":"0x7a4185f40ee93cb27eb132f301d0a5414c1f871051f166fc8804c376aab3ffec",
"input":"0x",
"nonce":"0x13",
"to":"0x9d8f8572f345e1ae53db1dfa4a7fce49b467bd7f",
"value":"0x8ac7230489e80000",
"v":"0xfe7",
"r":"0xdd9013c67469d2fe79afdc61777c55bdced33c90fa6f9b83d8f9b7e445085123",
"s":"0x45823a1ab22ae9c83876ea435dc5ecc4fe3a83c1bfbc340a5f57df2f5a474fa5"
}
}
}
```
### Dropped Transactions
Use the `droppedPendingTransactions` parameter with `eth_subscribe` to be notified of transactions
dropped from the transaction pool for the node.
The dropped transactions subscription returns the transaction hashes of the dropped transactions.
Transactions can be re-added to the transaction pool from a variety of sources after being dropped. For example,
receiving a previously dropped transaction from a peer. As a result it's possible to receive multiple dropped
transaction notifications for the same transaction.
!!!example
To subscribe to dropped transaction notifications:
```json
{"id": 1, "method": "eth_subscribe", "params": ["droppedPendingTransactions"]}
```
Example result:
```json
{"jsonrpc":"2.0","id":1,"result":"0x1"}
```
Example notification:
```json
{
"jsonrpc":"2.0",
"method":"eth_subscription",
"params":{
"subscription":"0x1",
"result":"0xf57d6a90a7fb30880cfbdf6b432b487d0e94a3b55b34dc4b45e3b0b237ecab4c"
}
}
```
### Synchronizing
Use the `syncing` parameter with `eth_subscribe` to be notified about synchronization progress.
When behind the chain head, the synchronizing subscription returns an object indicating the synchronization
progress. When fully synchronized, returns false.
!!!example
To subscribe to synchronizing notifications:
```json
{"id": 1, "method": "eth_subscribe", "params": ["syncing"]}
```
Example result:
```json
{"jsonrpc":"2.0","id":1,"result":"0x4"}
```
Example notification while synchronizing:
```json
{
"jsonrpc":"2.0",
"method":"eth_subscription",
"params":{
"subscription":"0x4",
"result":{
"startingBlock":"0x0",
"currentBlock":"0x3e80",
"highestBlock":"0x67b93c"
}
}
}
```
Example notification when synchronized with chain head:
```json
{
"jsonrpc":"2.0",
"method":"eth_subscription",
"params":{
"subscription":"0x4",
"result":false
}
}
```
## Unsubscribing
Use the [subscription ID](#subscription-id) with `eth_unsubscribe` to cancel a subscription. Only the
connection that created a subscription can unsubscribe from it.
`eth_unsubscribe` returns `true` if subscription succuessfully unsubscribed; otherwise, an error is returned.
!!!example
To unsubscribe from a subsciption with subscription ID of `0x1`:
```json
{"id": 1, "method": "eth_unsubscribe", "params": ["0x1"]}
```
Example result:
```json
{"jsonrpc":"2.0","id":1,"result":true}
```

@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
description: How to access the Pantheon API using JSON-RPC
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# JSON-RPC over HTTP and WebSockets
To enable JSON-RPC over HTTP or WebSockets, use the [`--rpc-http-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-enabled)
and [`--rpc-ws-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-enabled) options.
## Postman
Use the button to import our collection of examples to [Postman](https://www.getpostman.com/).
[![Run in Postman](https://run.pstmn.io/button.svg)](https://app.getpostman.com/run-collection/c765d7d22b055c42a510)
## Geth Console
The geth console is a REPL (Read, Evaluate, & Print Loop) Javascript console. Use JSON-RPC APIs supported by geth and
Pantheon directly in the console.
To use the geth console with Pantheon:
1. Start Pantheon with the [`--rpc-http-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-enabled) option.
1. Specify which APIs to enable using the [`--rpc-http-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-api) option.
1. Start the geth console specifying the JSON-RPC endpoint:
```bash
geth attach http://localhost:8545
```
Use the geth console to call [JSON-RPC API methods](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md) that geth and Pantheon share.
!!! example
```bash
eth.syncing
```
## JSON-RPC Authentication
[Authentication](Authentication.md) is disabled by default.
## HTTP and WebSocket Requests
### HTTP
To make RPC requests over HTTP, you can use [`curl`](https://curl.haxx.se/download.html).
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"web3_clientVersion","params":[],"id":53}' <JSON-RPC-http-endpoint:port>
```
### WebSockets
To make RPC requests over WebSockets, you can use [wscat](https://github.com/websockets/wscat), a Node.js based command-line tool.
First connect to the WebSockets server using `wscat` (you only need to connect once per session):
```bash
wscat -c ws://<JSON-RPC-ws-endpoint:port>
```
After the connection is established, the terminal displays a '>' prompt.
Send individual requests as a JSON data package at each prompt:
```bash
{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"web3_clientVersion","params":[],"id":53}
```
!!! note
`wscat` does not support headers. [Authentication](Authentication.md) requires an authentication token to be passed in the
request header. To use authentication with WebSockets, an app that supports headers is required.
## Readiness and Liveness Endpoints
Pantheon provides readiness and liveness endpoints to confirm the Pantheon node status. Both return a
`200 OK` status when ready or live and a `503 Service Unavailable` status if not ready or live.
By default, the readiness check requires a peer to be connected and the node to be within 2 blocks of the best
known block. If [p2p communication is disabled](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-enabled),
no peers are required. A live node with p2p disabled is always ready.
Use the query parameters `minPeers` and `maxBlocksBehind` to adjust the number of peers required and number of blocks tolerance.
```bash tab="Readiness Endpoint"
http://<JSON-RPC-HTTP-endpoint:port>/readiness
```
```bash tab="curl Request Example"
curl -v 'http://localhost:8545/readiness'
```
```bash tab="Query Parameters Example"
curl -v 'http://localhost:8545/readiness?minPeers=0&maxBlocksBehind=10'
```
The liveness check requires the JSON RPC server to be up.
```bash tab="Liveness Endpoint"
http://<JSON-RPC-HTTP-endpoint:port>/liveness
```
```bash tab="curl Request Example"
curl -v 'http://localhost:8545/liveness'
```
## API Methods Enabled by Default
The `ETH`, `NET`, and `WEB3` API methods are enabled by default.
Use the [`--rpc-http-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-api) or [`--rpc-ws-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-api)
options to enable the `ADMIN`, `CLIQUE`, `DEBUG`, `EEA`, `IBFT`, `MINER`, `PERM`, and `TXPOOL` API methods.
## Block Parameter
When you make requests that might have different results depending on the block accessed,
the block parameter specifies the block.
Several methods, such as [eth_getTransactionByBlockNumberAndIndex](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactionbyblocknumberandindex), have a block parameter.
The block parameter can have the following values:
* `blockNumber` : `quantity` - Block number. Can be specified in hexadecimal or decimal. 0 represents the genesis block.
* `earliest` : `tag` - Earliest (genesis) block.
* `latest` : `tag` - Last block mined.
* `pending` : `tag` - Last block mined plus pending transactions. Use only with [eth_getTransactionCount](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactioncount).

@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
description: Local Permissioning
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Local Permissioning
Local permissioning supports node and account whitelisting.
## Node Whitelisting
Node whitelisting is specified by the nodes whitelist in the [permissions configuration file](#permissions-configuration-file) file.
When node whitelisting is enabled, communication is restricted to only nodes in the whitelist.
!!! example "Nodes Whitelist in Permissions Configuration File"
`nodes-whitelist=["enode://6f8a80d14311c39f35f516fa664deaaaa13e85b2f7493f37f6144d86991ec012937307647bd3b9a82abe2974e1407241d54947bbb39763a4cac9f77166ad92a0@192.168.0.9:4567","enode://6f8a80d14311c39f35f516fa664deaaaa13e85b2f7493f37f6144d86991ec012937307647bd3b9a82abe2974e1407241d54947bbb39763a4cac9f77166ad92a0@192.169.0.9:4568"]`
Node whitelisting is at the node level. That is, each node in the network has a [permissions configuration file](#permissions-configuration-file)
file in the [data directory](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) for the node.
To update the nodes whitelist when the node is running, use the JSON-RPC API methods:
* [perm_addNodesToWhitelist](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#perm_addnodestowhitelist)
* [perm_removeNodesFromWhitelist](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#perm_removenodesfromwhitelist)
Alternatively, update the [`permissions_config.toml`](#permissions-configuration-file) file directly and use the
[`perm_reloadPermissionsFromFile`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#perm_reloadpermissionsfromfile) method
to update the whitelists.
Updates to the permissions configuration file persist across node restarts.
To view the nodes whitelist, use the [perm_getNodesWhitelist](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#perm_getnodeswhitelist) method.
!!! note
Each node has a [permissions configuration file](#permissions-configuration-file) which means nodes can have different nodes whitelists.
This means nodes may be participating in the network that are not on the whitelist of other nodes in the network.
We recommend each node in the network has the same nodes whitelist.
On-chain permissioning is under development. On-chain permissioning will use one on-chain
nodes whitelist.
!!! example "Example Different Node Whitelists"
Node 1 Whitelist = [Node 2, Node 3]
Node 2 Whitelist = [Node 3, Node 5]
Node 5 is participating in the same network as Node 1 even though Node 1 does not have Node 5 on their whitelist.
### Bootnodes
The bootnodes must be included in the nodes whitelist or Pantheon does not start when node permissions are enabled.
!!! example
If you start Pantheon with specified bootnodes and have node permissioning enabled:
```bash
--bootnodes="enode://7e4ef30e9ec683f26ad76ffca5b5148fa7a6575f4cfad4eb0f52f9c3d8335f4a9b6f9e66fcc73ef95ed7a2a52784d4f372e7750ac8ae0b544309a5b391a23dd7@127.0.0.1:30303","enode://2feb33b3c6c4a8f77d84a5ce44954e83e5f163e7a65f7f7a7fec499ceb0ddd76a46ef635408c513d64c076470eac86b7f2c8ae4fcd112cb28ce82c0d64ec2c94@127.0.0.1:30304","enode://7b61d5ee4b44335873e6912cb5dd3e3877c860ba21417c9b9ef1f7e500a82213737d4b269046d0669fb2299a234ca03443f25fe5f706b693b3669e5c92478ade@127.0.0.1:30305"
```
The `nodes-whitelist` in the [permissions configuration file](#permissions-configuration-file) must contain the specified bootnodes.
### Enabling Node Whitelisting
To enable node whitelisting, specify the [`--permissions-nodes-config-file-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-nodes-config-file-enabled) option
when starting Pantheon.
The `PERM` API methods are not enabled by default. Use the [`--rpc-http-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-api)
or [`--rpc-ws-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-api) options to enable the `PERM` API methods.
## Account Whitelisting
Account whitelisting is specified by the accounts whitelist in the [permissions configuration file](#permissions-configuration-file).
A node with account permissioning accepts transactions only from accounts in the accounts whitelist.
!!! example "Accounts Whitelist in Permissions Configuration File"
`accounts-whitelist=["0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000009"]`
Account whitelisting is at the node level. That is, each node in the network has a [permisssions configuration file](#permissions-configuration-file)
in the [data directory](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) for the node.
Transactions are validated against the accounts whitelist at the following points:
1. Submitted by JSON-RPC API method [`eth_sendRawTransaction`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_sendrawtransaction)
1. Received via propagation from another node
1. Added to a block by a mining node
Once added to a block, the transactions are not validated against the whitelist when received by another node. That is, a node
can synchronise and add blocks containing transactions from accounts that are not on the accounts whitelist of that node.
!!! example "Example Different Account Whitelists"
Node 1 Whitelist = [Account A, Account B]
Node 2 Whitelist = [Account B, Account C]
Mining Node Whitelist = [Account A, Account B]
Account A submits a transaction on Node 1. Node 1 validates and propagates the transaction. The Mining Node receives the transaction,
validates it is from an account in the Mining Node accounts whitelist, and includes the transaction in the block. Node 2 receives and
adds the block created by the Mining Node.
Node 2 now has a transaction in the blockchain from Account A which is not on the accounts whitelist for Node 2.
!!! note
Each node has a [permissions configuration file](#permissions-configuration-file) which means nodes in the network can have different accounts whitelists.
This means a transaction can be successfully submitted by Node A from an account in the Node A whitelist but rejected by
Node B to which it is propagated if the account is not in the Node B whitelist.
We recommend each node in the network has the same accounts whitelist.
To update the accounts whitelist when the node is running, use the JSON-RPC API methods:
* [`perm_addAccountsToWhitelist`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#perm_addaccountstowhitelist)
* [`perm_removeAccountsFromWhitelist`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#perm_removeaccountsfromwhitelist)
Alternatively, update the [`permissions_config.toml`](#permissions-configuration-file) file directly and use the
[`perm_reloadPermissionsFromFile`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#perm_reloadpermissionsfromfile) method
to update the whitelists.
Updates to the permissions configuration file persist across node restarts.
To view the accounts whitelist, use the [`perm_getAccountsWhitelist`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#perm_getaccountswhitelist) method.
### Enabling Account Whitelisting
To enable account whitelisting, specify the [`--permissions-accounts-config-file-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-accounts-enabled) option
when starting Pantheon.
The `PERM` API methods are not enabled by default. Use the [`--rpc-http-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-api)
or [`--rpc-ws-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-api) options to enable the `PERM` API methods.
## Permissions Configuration File
The permissions configuration file contains the nodes and accounts whitelists. If the [`--permissions-accounts-config-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-accounts-config-file)
and [`permissions-nodes-config-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-nodes-config-file)
options are not specified, the permissions configuration file must be called `permissions_config.toml` and
must be in the [data directory](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) for the node.
The accounts and nodes whitelists can be specified in the same file or in separate files for accounts and nodes.
Use the [`--permissions-accounts-config-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-accounts-config-file)
and [`permissions-nodes-config-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-nodes-config-file)
options to specify a permissions configuration file (or separate files for accounts and nodes) in any location.
!!!note
The [`--permissions-accounts-config-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-accounts-config-file)
and [`permissions-nodes-config-file`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-nodes-config-file)
options are not used when running Pantheon from the [Docker image](../Getting-Started/Run-Docker-Image.md).
Use a bind mount to [specify a permissions configuration file with Docker](../Getting-Started/Run-Docker-Image.md#permissions-configuration-file).
!!! example "Example Permissions Configuration File"
```toml
accounts-whitelist=["0xb9b81ee349c3807e46bc71aa2632203c5b462032", "0xb9b81ee349c3807e46bc71aa2632203c5b462034"]
nodes-whitelist=["enode://7e4ef30e9ec683f26ad76ffca5b5148fa7a6575f4cfad4eb0f52f9c3d8335f4a9b6f9e66fcc73ef95ed7a2a52784d4f372e7750ac8ae0b544309a5b391a23dd7@127.0.0.1:30303","enode://2feb33b3c6c4a8f77d84a5ce44954e83e5f163e7a65f7f7a7fec499ceb0ddd76a46ef635408c513d64c076470eac86b7f2c8ae4fcd112cb28ce82c0d64ec2c94@127.0.0.1:30304","enode://7b61d5ee4b44335873e6912cb5dd3e3877c860ba21417c9b9ef1f7e500a82213737d4b269046d0669fb2299a234ca03443f25fe5f706b693b3669e5c92478ade@127.0.0.1:30305"]
```

@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
description: Setting up and using onchain Permissioning
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Getting Started with Onchain Permissioning
The following steps describe bootstrapping a local permissioned network using a Pantheon node and a
development server to run the Permissioning Management Dapp.
!!! note
In production, a webserver is required to [host the Permissioning Management Dapp](Production.md).
To start a network with onchain permissioning:
1. [Install pre-requisites](#pre-requisites)
1. [Add the ingress contracts to the genesis file](#add-ingress-contracts-to-genesis-file)
1. [Set environment variables](#set-environment-variables)
1. [Start first node with onchain permissioning and the JSON-RPC HTTP service enabled](#onchain-permissioning-command-line-options)
1. [Clone the permissioning contracts repository and install dependencies](#clone-contracts-and-install-dependencies)
1. [Build project](#build-project)
1. [Deploy the permissioning contracts](#deploy-contracts)
1. [Start the development server for the Permissioning Management Dapp](#start-the-permissioning-management-dapp)
1. [Add the first node to the nodes whitelist](#update-nodes-whitelist)
## Pre-requisites
For the development server to run the dapp:
* [NodeJS](https://nodejs.org/en/) v10.16.0 or later
* [Yarn](https://yarnpkg.com/en/) v1.15 or later
* Browser with [MetaMask installed](https://metamask.io/)
## Add Ingress Contracts to Genesis File
!!! tip
If the network is using only account or nodes permissioning, add only the relevant ingress contract to the
genesis file.
Add the Ingress contracts to the genesis file for your network by copying them from [`genesis.json`](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/permissioning-smart-contracts/blob/master/genesis.json)
in the [`permissioning-smart-contracts` repository](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/permissioning-smart-contracts):
```json
"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000008888": {
"comment": "Account Ingress smart contract",
"balance": "0",
"code": <stripped>,
"storage": {
<stripped>
}
}
"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000009999": {
"comment": "Node Ingress smart contract",
"balance": "0",
"code": <stripped>,
"storage": {
<stripped>
}
}
```
!!! important
To support the permissioning contracts, ensure your genesis file includes at least the `constantinopleFixBlock` milestone.
## Set Environment Variables
Create the following environment variables and set to the specified values:
* `PANTHEON_NODE_PERM_ACCOUNT` - account to deploy the permissioning contracts and become the first admin account.
* `PANTHEON_NODE_PERM_KEY` - private key of the account to deploy the permissioning contracts.
* `ACCOUNT_INGRESS_CONTRACT_ADDRESS` - address of the Account Ingress contract in the genesis file.
* `NODE_INGRESS_CONTRACT_ADDRESS` - address of the Node Ingress contract in the genesis file.
* `PANTHEON_NODE_PERM_ENDPOINT` - required only if your node is not using the default JSON-RPC host and port (`http://127.0.0.1:8545`).
Set to JSON-RPC host and port. When bootstrapping the network, the specified node is used to deploy the contracts and is the first node
in the network.
!!! important
The account specified must be a miner (PoW networks) or validator (PoA networks).
If your network is not a [free gas network](../../Configuring-Pantheon/FreeGas.md), the account used to
interact with the permissioning contracts must have a balance.
## Onchain Permissioning Command Line Options
All nodes participating in a permissioned network must include the command line options to enable account and/or
node permissioning:
* [`--permissions-accounts-contract-enabled`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-accounts-contract-enabled)
to enable onchain accounts permissioning
* [`--permissions-accounts-contract-address`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-accounts-contract-address)
set to the address of the Account Ingress contract in the genesis file (`"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000008888"`)
* [`--permissions-nodes-contract-enabled`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-nodes-contract-enabled)
to enable onchain nodes permissioning
* [`--permissions-nodes-contract-address`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-nodes-contract-address)
set to the address of the Node Ingress contract in the genesis file (`"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000009999"`)
Start your first node with command line options to enable onchain permissioning and the JSON-RPC HTTP host and port
matching environment variable `PANTHEON_NODE_PERM_ENDPOINT`.
## Clone Project and Install Dependencies
1. Clone the `permissioning-smart-contracts` repository:
```bash
git clone https://github.com/PegaSysEng/permissioning-smart-contracts.git
```
1. Change into the `permissioning-smart-contracts` directory and run:
```bash
yarn install
```
## Build Project
In the `permissioning-smart-contracts` directory, build the project:
```bash
yarn run build
```
## Deploy Contracts
In the `permissioning-smart-contracts` directory, deploy the Admin and Rules contracts:
```bash
yarn truffle migrate --reset
```
The Admin and Rules contracts are deployed and the Ingress contract updated with the name and version of the contracts.
The migration logs the addresses of the Admin and Rules contracts.
!!! important
The account that deploys the contracts is automatically an [admin account](#update-accounts-or-admin-accounts-whitelists).
## Start the Development Server for the Permissioning Management Dapp
!!! note
In production, a webserver is required to [host the Permissioning Management Dapp](Production.md).
1. In the `permissioning-smart-contracts` directory, start the web server serving the Dapp:
```bash
yarn start
```
The Dapp is displayed at [http://localhost:3000](http://localhost:3000).
1. Ensure MetaMask is connected to your local node (by default `http://localhost:8545`).
A MetaMask notification is displayed requesting permission for Pantheon Permissioning to
connect to your account.
1. Click the _Connect_ button.
The Dapp is displayed with the account specified by the `PANTHEON_NODE_PERM_ACCOUNT` environment variable
in the _Whitelisted Accounts_ and _Admin Accounts_ tabs.
!!! note
Only [admin accounts](#update-accounts-or-admin-accounts-whitelists) can add or remove nodes from the whitelist.
## Add First Node to Whitelist
The first node must [add itself to the whitelist](Updating-Whitelists.md#update-nodes-whitelist) before adding other nodes.

@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
description: Onchain Permissioning
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Onchain Permissioning
Onchain permissioning uses smart contracts to store and maintain the node, account, and admin whitelists.
Using onchain permissioning enables all nodes to read the whitelists from a single source, the blockchain.
!!! important
The dependency chain for our implementation of onchain permissioning includes [web3js](https://github.com/ethereum/web3.js/) which is
LGPL licensed.
## Permissioning Contracts
The permissioning smart contracts are provided in the [PegaSysEng/permissioning-smart-contracts](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/permissioning-smart-contracts) repository:
* Ingress contracts for nodes and accounts - proxy contracts defined in the genesis file that defer the permissioning logic to the
Node Rules and Account Rules contracts. The Ingress contracts are deployed to static addresses.
* Node Rules - stores the node whitelist and node whitelist operations (for example, add and remove).
* Account Rules - stores the accounts whitelist and account whitelist operations (for example, add and remove).
* Admin - stores the list of admin accounts and admin list operations (for example, add and remove). There is
one list of admin accounts for node and accounts.
!!! note
The permissioning smart contracts are currently in the process of going through a third party audit.
Please [contact us](https://pegasys.tech/contact/) before using in a production environment.
## Permissioning Management Dapp
The [Permissioning Management Dapp](Getting-Started-Onchain-Permissioning.md) is provided to view
and maintain the whitelists.
!!! tip
Before v1.2, we provided a [management interface using Truffle](https://docs.pantheon.pegasys.tech/en/1.1.4/Permissions/Onchain-Permissioning/).
The management interface using Truffle is deprecated and we recommend using the Dapp for an improved user experience.
### Whitelists
Permissioning implements three whitelists:
* Accounts can submit transactions to the network
* Nodes can participate in the network
* Admins are accounts that can update the accounts and nodes whitelists
## Bootnodes
When a node is added to the network, it connects to the bootnodes until it synchronizes to the chain head regardless of
node permissions. Once in sync, the permissioning rules in the Account Rules and Node Rules smart contracts are applied.
If a sychronized node loses all peer connections (that is, it has 0 peers), it reconnects to the bootnodes to
rediscover peers.

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
description: Deploying Permissioning Management Dapp for production
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Deploying Permissioning Management Dapp for Production
To deploy the Permissioning Management dapp for production:
1. Get the most recent release (tarball or zip) from the [projects release page](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/permissioning-smart-contracts/releases/latest).
1. Unpack the distribution into a directory available to your webserver.
1. In the root of the directory to which the distribution was unpacked, add a file called `config.json` replacing
the placeholders.
```json tab="config.json"
{
"accountIngressAddress": "<Address of the account ingress contract>",
"nodeIngressAddress": "<Address of the node ingress contract>",
"networkId": "<ID of your Ethereum network>"
}
```
1. On your webserver, host the contents of the directory as static files and direct root requests to `index.html`
## Starting a Production Permissioned Network
Follow the procedure as for [Getting Started with Onchain Perissioning](Getting-Started-Onchain-Permissioning.md)
but do not perform the steps using `yarn` to install, build, and start the development server. Instead follow the procedure above to
deploy the Permissioning Management dapp to your webserver.

@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
description: Updating onchain whitelists
<!--- END of page meta data -->
## Update Nodes Whitelist
To add a node to the nodes whitelist:
1. In the _Whitelisted Nodes_ tab of the Permissioning Management Dapp, click the _Add Whitelisted Nodes_
button. The add node window is displayed.
2. Enter the [enode URL](../../Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md#enode-url) of the node to be added and click
the _Add Whitelisted Node_ button.
To remove a node from the nodes whitelist:
1. In the _Whitelisted Nodes_ tab of the Permissioning Management Dapp, hover over the row of the node to remove.
A trash can is displayed.
1. Click on the trash can.
!!! tip
If you add a running node, the node does not attempt to reconnect to the bootnode and synchronize until
peer discovery restarts. To add a whitelisted node as a peer without waiting for peer discovery to restart, use [`admin_addPeer`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#admin_addpeer).
If the node is added to the whitelist before starting the node, using `admin_addPeer` is not required because
peer discovery is run on node startup.
## Update Accounts Whitelists
To add an account to the accounts whitelist:
1. In the _Whitelisted Accounts_ tab of the Permissioning Management Dapp, click the _Add Whitelisted Account_
button. The add account window is displayed.
1. Enter the account address in the _Account Address_ field and click the _Add Whitelisted Account_ button.
To remove an account from the accounts whitelist:
1. In the _Whitelisted Accounts_ tab of the Permissioning Management Dapp, hover over the
row of the account to be removed. A trash can is displayed.
1. Click on the trash can.
## Update Admins
Admins are added or removed in the same way as accounts except in the _Admin Accounts_ tab.

@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon Permissioning feature
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Permissioning
A permissioned network allows only specified nodes and accounts to participate by enabling node permissioning and/or
account permissioning on the network.
!!! important "Permissioning is not Privacy"
In peer-to-peer networks, node permissioning enforces rules on nodes you control.
Permissioning requires a distributed network of trust across the network where participants agree to
follow the rules. A single bad actor can decide not to follow the rules. Nodes can take action
to prevent the bad actor adding to the chain but they cannot prevent the bad actor from allowing access to the chain.
Pantheon also implements [privacy](../Privacy/Explanation/Privacy-Overview.md).
## Node Permissioning
Use node permissioning to restrict access to known participants only.
![Node Permissioning](../images/node-permissioning-bad-actor.png)
## Account Permissioning
Use account permissioning:
* Enforce onboarding or identity requirements
* Suspend accounts
* Blacklist broken contracts
* Restrict the actions an account can perform
![Account Permissioning](../images/account-permissioning.png)
## Specifying Permissioning
Permissioning is [local](#local) or [onchain](#onchain).
### Local
[Local permissioning](Local-Permissioning.md) is specified at the node level. Each node in the network has a [permissions configuration file](#permissions-configuration-file).
Local permissioning affects your node but not the rest of the network. Use local permissioning to restrict use
of your node (that is, the resources under your control). For example, customers that can access your node.
Local permissioning doesn't require co-ordination with the rest of the network and you can act immediately to
protect your node. Your rules are not enforced in blocks produced by other nodes.
### Onchain
[Onchain permissioning](Onchain-Permissioning/Onchain-Permissioning.md) is specified in a smart contract on the network. Specifying permissioning onchain
enables all nodes to read and update permissioning configuration from one location.
Onchain permissioning requires co-ordination to update rules. The network may not be able to act immediately
(for example, the smart contract may enforce a minimum of votes before changing permissioning rules).
When onchain permissioning is updated, the update is applied across the network and new blocks abide by the updated rules.
For example, blocked accounts can no longer add transactions to the chain.

@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
description: Privacy
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Privacy Groups
A privacy group is a group of nodes identified by a unique privacy group ID by Orion. Each private transaction is
stored in Orion with the privacy group ID.
The Pantheon nodes maintain the public world state for the blockchain and a private state for each privacy group.
The private states contain data that is not shared in the globally replicated world state. Private transactions read
and write to the private world state for the privacy group, and read from the public world state.
## Privacy Types
Pantheon implements two types of privacy:
* EEA-compliant privacy - private transactions include `privateFor` as the recipient.
* Pantheon-extended privacy - private transactions include `privacyGroupId` as the recipient.
Both privacy types create privacy groups and store private transactions with their privacy group in Orion.
![Privacy Groups](../../images/PrivacyGroups.png)
!!! note
The Orion nodes are not shown above for clarity only. To send private transactions,
each Pantheon node must have an associated Orion node.
### EEA-compliant Privacy
In our privacy implementation complying with the [EEA Client Specification](https://entethalliance.org/technical-documents/)
the group of nodes specified by `privateFrom`and `privateFor` form a privacy group and are given a unique
privacy group ID by Orion.
!!! example
The diagram above illustrates two privacy groups enabling:
* A, B, and C to send transactions that are private from D
* A, C, and D to send transactions that are private from B
Using EEA-compliant privacy, to send private transactions between A, B, and C, A initialises a contract in a private transaction with
B and C specified as the `privateFor` and A specified as the `privateFrom`. Initialising the contract
creates a privacy group consisting of A, B, and C. For the ABC private state to remain consistent,
A, B, and C must be included on transactions (as either `privateFrom` or `privateFor`) even if they are
between two of the three parties.
To send private transactions between A, C, and D, C initialises a different contract in a private transaction with
A and D specified as the `privateFor` and C specified as the `privateFrom`. Initialising the contract
creates a privacy group consisting of A, C, and D. For the ACD private state to remain consistent,
A, C, and D must be included on transactions (as either `privateFrom` or `privateFor`) even if they are
between two of the three parties.
### Pantheon-extended Privacy
In our extended privacy implementation, a privacy group is created using [`priv_createPrivacyGroup`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_createprivacygroup)
and private transactions sent to the privacy group ID.
!!! example
Using the same privacy groups as above.
Using Pantheon-extended privacy, to send private transactions between A, B, and C, A creates a privacy
group consisting of A, B, and C. The privacy group ID is specified when sending private transactions and
A, B, and C are recipients of all private transactions sent to the privacy group.
To send private transactions between A, C, and D, A creates a privacy group consisting of A, C, and D.
The privacy group ID of this group is specified when sending private transactions with A, C, and D
as recipients.

@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
description: Privacy
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Privacy
Privacy in Pantheon refers to the ability to keep transactions private between the involved parties.
Other parties cannot access the transaction content, sending party, or list of participating parties.
!!! important
For production systems requiring private transactions, we recommend using a network
with a consensus mechanism supporting transaction finality. For example, [IBFT 2.0](../../Consensus-Protocols/IBFT.md).
## Private Transaction Manager
Pantheon uses a Private Transaction Manager to implement privacy. For example, [Orion](http://docs.orion.pegasys.tech).
Each Pantheon node that sends or receives private transactions requires an associated Orion node.
![Orion Nodes](../../images/OrionNodes.png)
Private transactions are passed from the Pantheon node to the associated Orion node. The Orion node
encrypts and directly distributes (that is, point to point) the private transaction to Orion nodes
participating in the transaction.
!!! tip
Private Transaction Managers are also known as Enclaves.
## Private Transaction Attributes
Private transactions have additional attributes to public Ethereum transactions:
* `privateFrom` - Orion public key of transaction sender
* `privateFor` - Orion public keys of transaction recipients or `privacyGroupId` - [Privacy group to receive transaction](Privacy-Groups.md)
* `restriction` - Private transactions are `restricted` or `unrestricted`:
- In `restricted` private transactions the payload of the private transaction is received and stored only by
the nodes participating in the transaction.
- In `unrestricted` private transactions the payload of the private transaction is transmitted to all nodes
in the network but is readable only by nodes participating in the transaction.
!!! important
Pantheon implements `restricted` private transactions only.
## Pantheon and Orion Keys
Pantheon and Orion nodes both have public/private key pairs identifying them. The private transaction
submitted from the Pantheon node to the Orion node is signed with the Pantheon node private key. The
`privateFrom` and `privateFor` attributes specified in the RLP-encoded transaction string for
[`eea_sendRawTransaction`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea_sendrawtransaction) are the public keys
of the Orion nodes sending and receiving the transaction.
!!! important
The mapping of Pantheon node addresses to Orion node public keys is off-chain. That is, the
sender of a private transaction must know the Orion node public key of the recipient.

@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
description: Private Transaction Processing
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Processing Private Transactions
Processing private transactions involves the following:
- **Precompiled Contract**: Smart contract compiled from the source language to EVM bytecode and stored by an
Ethereum node for later execution.
- **Privacy Marker Transaction**: Public Ethereum transaction with a payload of the transaction hash of the
private transaction. The `to` attribute of the Privacy Marker Transaction is the address of the privacy precompile contract.
The Privacy Marker Transaction is signed with the [Ethereum node private key](../../Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md#node-private-key).
Private transactions are processed as illustrated and described below.
![Processing Private Transctions](../../images/PrivateTransactionProcessing.png)
1. A private transaction is submitted using [eea_sendRawTransaction](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea_sendrawtransaction).
The signed transaction includes transaction attributes that are specific to private transactions:
* `privateFor` or `privacyGroupId` specifies the list of recipients
* `privateFrom` specifies the sender
* `restriction` specifies the transaction is of type [_restricted_](Privacy-Overview.md#private-transactions)
1. The JSON-RPC endpoint passes the private transaction to the Private Transaction Handler.
1. The Private Transaction Handler sends the private transaction to Orion.
1. Orion distributes the private transaction directly (that is, point-to-point) to the Orion nodes specified
in `privateFor` or belonging to the privacy group identified by `privacyGroupId`. All recipient Orion nodes store the transaction.
The stored transaction is associated with the transaction hash and privacy group ID.
1. Orion returns the transaction hash to the Private Transaction Handler.
1. The Private Transaction Handler creates a [Privacy Marker Transaction](Privacy-Overview.md#privacy-concepts) for the private
transaction. The Privacy Marker Transaction is propagated using devP2P in the same way as a public Ethereum transaction.
1. The Privacy Marker Transaction is mined into a block and distributed to all Ethereum nodes in the network.
1. The Mainnet Transaction Processor processes the Privacy Marker Transaction in the same way as any other public transaction.
On nodes that contain the privacy precompile contract specified in the `to` attribute of the Privacy Marker Transaction,
the Privacy Marker Transaction is passed to the privacy precompile contract.
!!! note
Nodes receiving the Privacy Marker Transaction that do not contain the privacy precompile contract
specified in the Privacy Marker Transaction ignore the Privacy Marker Transaction.
1. The privacy precompile contract queries Orion for the private transaction and privacy group ID using the
transaction hash.
1. The privacy precompile contract passes the private transaction to the Private Transaction Processor.
The privacy group ID specifies the private world state to use.
1. The Private Transaction Processor executes the transaction. The Private Transaction Processor can read and write to
the private world state, and read from the public world state.
!!! important
For production systems requiring private transactions, we recommend using a network
with a consensus mechanism supporting transaction finality. For example, [IBFT 2.0](../../Consensus-Protocols/IBFT.md).

@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
description: Methods for accessing and managing private transactions and privacy groups
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Accessing Private and Privacy Marker Transactions
A private transaction creates a [Privacy Marker Transaction](../Explanation/Private-Transaction-Processing.md) in addition to the private transaction itself.
Use [`eth_getTransactionReceipt`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactionreceipt) to
get the transaction receipt for the Privacy Maker Transaction and [`eea_getTransactionReceipt`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea_gettransactionreceipt)
to get the transaction receipt for the private transaction.
With the transaction hash returned when submitting the private transaction, use:
* [`eth_getTransactionByHash`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactionbyhash) to
get the Privacy Marker Transaction .
* [`priv_getPrivateTransaction`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_getprivatetransaction)
to get the private transaction.

@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
description: Creating and manage privacy groups
<!--- END of page meta data -->
Pantheon-extended privacy provides JSON-RPC API methods for creating and managing privacy groups:
* [`priv_createPrivacyGroup`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_createprivacygroup)
* [`priv_findPrivacyGroup`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_findprivacygroup)
* [`priv_deletePrivacyGroup`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_deleteprivacygroup)
!!! tip
[EEA-compliant privacy groups](../Explanation/Privacy-Groups.md) can be found and deleted using
[`priv_findPrivacyGroup`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_findprivacygroup)
and [`priv_deletePrivacyGroup`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_deleteprivacygroup) but
future functionality to update group membership will only be available for privacy groups
created using [`priv_createPrivacyGroup`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_createprivacygroup).

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
description: Creating and sending private transactions
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Creating and Sending Private Transactions
Create and send private transactions using:
* [web3.js-eea client library](eeajs.md) or [web3j client library](https://github.com/web3j/web3j)
* [`eea_sendTransaction` with EthSigner](https://docs.ethsigner.pegasys.tech/en/latest/Using-EthSigner/Using-EthSigner/)
* [`eea_sendRawTransaction`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea_sendrawtransaction)
!!! note
Private transactions either deploy contracts or call contract functions.
Ether transfer transactions cannot be private.
Separate private states are maintained for each [privacy group](../Explanation/Privacy-Groups.md) so
the account nonce for an account is specific to the privacy group. That is, the nonce for account A for
privacy group ABC is different to the account nonce for account A for privacy group AB. Use
[`priv_getTransactionCount`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_gettransactioncount) to get
the account nonce for an account for the specified privacy group.
!!! note
If sending more than 1 transaction to be mined in the same block (that is, you're not waiting for
the transaction receipt), you must calculate the private transaction nonce outside Pantheon.

@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
description: JSON-RPC methods to use for EEA-compliant privacy
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Using EEA-compliant Privacy
When using [EEA-compliant privacy](../Explanation/Privacy-Groups.md), the group of nodes specified by `privateFrom`and `privateFor` form a privacy group and are given a unique
privacy group ID by Orion.
Enable the [`EEA` API methods](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea-methods) using the [`--rpc-http-api`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-api)
or [`--rpc-ws-api`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-api) command line options.
Specify `privateFor` when creating the signed transaction passed as an input parameter to [`eea_sendRawTransaction`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea_sendrawtransaction)
to create an EEA-compliant private transaction.
## Privacy Group Type
Privacy groups created when specifying `privateFrom` and `privateFor` are identified as type `LEGACY`
when returned by [`priv_findPrivacyGroup`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_findprivacygroup).
!!! example
```json
{
"jsonrpc": "2.0",
"id": 1,
"result": [
{
"privacyGroupId": "68/Cq0mVjB8FbXDLE1tbDRAvD/srluIok137uFOaClM=",
"name": "legacy",
"description": "Privacy groups to support the creation of groups by privateFor and privateFrom",
"type": "LEGACY",
"members": [
"g59BmTeJIn7HIcnq8VQWgyh/pDbvbt2eyP0Ii60aDDw=",
"negmDcN2P4ODpqn/6WkJ02zT/0w0bjhGpkZ8UP6vARk="
]
}
]
}
```

@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon-extended privacy
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Using Pantheon-extended Privacy
Pantheon provides an extended implementation of privacy by allowing a [privacy
group to be created for a set of participants](../Explanation/Privacy-Groups.md). The privacy group ID
must be specified when sending private transactions.
Using the [`--rpc-http-api`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-api) or [`--rpc-ws-api`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-api)
command line options enable:
* [`EEA` API methods](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea-methods)
* [`PRIV` API methods](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv-methods)
Use [`priv_createPrivacyGroup`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_createprivacygroup) to
create the privacy group containing the recipients of the private transaction.
Specify `privacyGroupId` when creating the signed transaction passed as an input parameter to [`eea_sendRawTransaction`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea_sendrawtransaction)
to create an EEA-compliant private transaction.
!!! note
Support for specifying `privacyGroupId` when using `eea_sendTransaction` with EthSigner will be available in
a future EthSigner release.
## Privacy Group Type
Privacy groups created using [`priv_createPrivacyGroup`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_createprivacygroup)
are identified as type `PANTHEON` when returned by [`priv_findPrivacyGroup`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_findprivacygroup).
!!! example
```json
{
"jsonrpc": "2.0",
"id": 1,
"result": [
{
"privacyGroupId": "GpK3ErNO0xF27T0sevgkJ3+4qk9Z+E3HtXYxcKIBKX8=",
"name": "Group B",
"description": "Description of Group B",
"type": "PANTHEON",
"members": [
"negmDcN2P4ODpqn/6WkJ02zT/0w0bjhGpkZ8UP6vARk=",
"g59BmTeJIn7HIcnq8VQWgyh/pDbvbt2eyP0Ii60aDDw="
]
}
]
}
```

@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
description: web3.js-eea Client Library
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# web3.js-eea Client Library
The [web3.js-eea library](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/eeajs) adds an additional property to your web3
instance by extending [web3](https://github.com/ethereum/web3.js/). Use the library to create and send
RLP-encoded transactions using JSON-RPC.
!!! note
web3.js-eea supports JSON-RPC over HTTP only.
## Prerequisites
- [Node.js (version > 10)](https://nodejs.org/en/download/)
## Add web3.js-eea to Project
```bash
npm install web3-eea
```
## Initialize EEA Client
Initilize your EEA client where:
* `<JSON-RPC HTTP endpoint>` is the JSON-RPC HTTP endpoint of your Pantheon node. Specified by the
[`--rpc-http-host`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-host) and [`--rpc-http-port`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-port)
command line options.
* `<chain_id>` is the [chain ID](../../Configuring-Pantheon/NetworkID-And-ChainID.md) of your network.
!!! example
```js tab="Syntax"
const EEAClient = require("web3-eea");
const web3 = new EEAClient(new Web3("<JSON-RPC HTTP endpoint>"), <chain_id>);
```
```js tab="Example"
const EEAClient = require("web3-eea");
const web3 = new EEAClient(new Web3("http://localhost:8545"), 2018);
```
## Deploying a Contract with sendRawTransaction
To deploy a private contract, you need the contract binary. You can use [Solidity](https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/develop/using-the-compiler.html)
to get the contract binary.
!!! example "Deploying a Contract with sendRawTransaction"
```js
const contractOptions = {
data: `0x123`, // contract binary
privateFrom: "orionNode1PublicKey",
privateFor: ["orionNode3PublicKey"],
privateKey: "pantheonNode1PrivateKey"
};
return web3.eea.sendRawTransaction(contractOptions);
```
The transaction hash is returned. To get the private transaction receipt, use `web3.eea.getTransactionReceipt(txHash)`.
## web3.js-eea Methods
Refer to the [web3.js-eea reference documentation](../../Reference/web3js-eea-Methods.md).

@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
description: Configuring Privacy
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Configuring a Network for Private Transactions
### Prerequisites
* [Orion](https://docs.orion.pegasys.tech/en/latest/Installation/Overview/)
Configuring a network that supports private transactions requires starting an Orion node for each
Pantheon node. Pantheon command line options associate the Pantheon node with the Orion node.
This tutorial assumes you have completed setting up an IBFT 2.0 network to the point where you have
[created the genesis file](../../Tutorials/Create-IBFT-Network.md#5-create-genesis-file). If not, complete
steps 1 to 5 of the [Create an IBFT 2.0](../../Tutorials/Create-IBFT-Network.md) tutorial before continuing.
!!! important
To support privacy, ensure your genesis file includes at least the `constantinopleFixBlock` milestone.
In this tutorial we start Orion nodes for the three Pantheon nodes and configure each Pantheon node to be associated
with an Orion node.
## 1. Create Orion Directories
Inside each `Node` directory, create an `Orion` directory:
```bash
IBFT-Network/
├── Node-1
   ├── data
│ ├── Orion
├── Node-2
   ├── data
│ ├── Orion
└── Node-3
├── data
├── Orion
```
## 2. Create Password Files
In each `Orion` directory, create a file called `passwordFile` containing a password to encrypt each Orion key pair.
## 3. Generate Orion Keys
In each `Orion` directory, generate a public/private keypair for the Orion node:
``` bash
orion -g nodeKey
```
At the prompt, enter the [password](#2-create-password-files) saved in `passwordFile` to encrypt the key pair.
The Orion public/private key pair is generated and the keys saved in the `nodeKey.pub` and `nodeKey.key` files.
## 4. Create Orion Configuration Files
In the `Node-1/Orion` directory, create a file called `orion.conf` and add the following properties:
```bash
nodeurl = "http://127.0.0.1:8080/"
nodeport = 8080
clienturl = "http://127.0.0.1:8888/"
clientport = 8888
publickeys = ["nodeKey.pub"]
privatekeys = ["nodeKey.key"]
passwords = "passwordFile"
tls = "off"
```
!!! important
In production systems, only specify [`tls`](http://docs.orion.pegasys.tech/en/latest/Configuring-Orion/Configuration-File/#tls)
is `off` if another transport security mechanism such as WireGuard is in place.
In the `Node-2/Orion` and `Node-3/Orion` directories, create `orion.conf` files specifying:
* Different ports
* Node-1 Orion node as the bootnode (specified by [`othernodes`](http://docs.orion.pegasys.tech/en/latest/Configuring-Orion/Configuration-File/)):
```bash tab="Node-2"
nodeurl = "http://127.0.0.1:8081/"
nodeport = 8081
clienturl = "http://127.0.0.1:8889/"
clientport = 8889
publickeys = ["nodeKey.pub"]
privatekeys = ["nodeKey.key"]
passwords = "passwordFile"
othernodes = ["http://127.0.0.1:8080/"]
tls = "off"
```
```bash tab="Node-3"
nodeurl = "http://127.0.0.1:8082/"
nodeport = 8082
clienturl = "http://127.0.0.1:8890/"
clientport = 8890
publickeys = ["nodeKey.pub"]
privatekeys = ["nodeKey.key"]
passwords = "passwordFile"
othernodes = ["http://127.0.0.1:8080/"]
tls = "off"
```
## 5. Start Orion Nodes
In each `Orion` directory, start Orion specifying the [configuration file](#3-create-a-configuration-file) created in the previous step:
```
orion orion.conf
```
## 6. Start Pantheon Node-1
In the `Node-1` directory, start Pantheon Node-1:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../genesis.json --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT,EEA,PRIV --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --privacy-enabled --privacy-url=http://127.0.0.1:8888 --privacy-public-key-file=Orion/nodeKey.pub --min-gas-price=0
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\genesis.json --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT,EEA,PRIV --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --privacy-enabled --privacy-url=http://127.0.0.1:8888 --privacy-public-key-file=Orion\nodeKey.pub --min-gas-price=0
```
The command line specifies privacy options:
* [`--privacy-enabled`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#privacy-enabled) enables privacy
* [`--privacy-url`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#privacy-url) specifies the Orion node URL (`clienturl` in `orion.conf`)
* [`--privacy-public-key-file`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#privacy-public-key-file) specifies the file containing
Orion node public key (created in [3. Generate Orion Keys](#3-generate-orion-keys))
* [`--rpc-http-api`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-api) includes `EEA` and `PRIV` in the list of
JSON-RPC APIs to enable privacy JSON-RPC API methods.
* [`--min-gas-price`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#min-gas-price) set to 0 for a [free gas network](../../Configuring-Pantheon/FreeGas.md).
When the node starts, the [enode URL](../../Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md#enode-url) is displayed.
Copy the enode URL to specify Node-1 as the bootnode in the following steps.
![Node 1 Enode URL](../../images/EnodeStartup.png)
### 7. Start Pantheon Node-2
In the `Node-2` directory, start Pantheon Node-2 specifying the Node-1 enode URL copied when starting Node-1 as the bootnode:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../genesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30304 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT,EEA,PRIV --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8546 --privacy-enabled --privacy-url=http://127.0.0.1:8889 --privacy-public-key-file=Orion/nodeKey.pub --min-gas-price=0
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\genesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30304 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT,EEA,PRIV --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8546 --privacy-enabled --privacy-url=http://127.0.0.1:8889 --privacy-public-key-file=Orion\nodeKey.pub --min-gas-price=0
```
The command line specifies the same options as for Node-1 with different ports and Orion node URL. The
[`--bootnodes`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#bootnodes) option specifies the enode URL for Node-1.
!!!note
When running Pantheon from the [Docker image](../../Getting-Started/Run-Docker-Image.md), [expose ports](../../Getting-Started/Run-Docker-Image.md#exposing-ports).
### 8. Start Pantheon Node-3
In the `Node-3` directory and start Pantheon Node-3 specifying the Node-1 enode URL copied when starting Node-1 as the bootnode:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../genesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30305 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT,EEA,PRIV --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8547 --privacy-enabled --privacy-url=http://127.0.0.1:8890 --privacy-public-key-file=Orion/nodeKey.pub --min-gas-price=0
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\genesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30305 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT,EEA,PRIV --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8547 --privacy-enabled --privacy-url=http://127.0.0.1:8890 --privacy-public-key-file=Orion\nodeKey.pub --min-gas-price=0
```
The command line specifies the same options as for Node-1 with different ports and Orion node URL. The
[`--bootnodes`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#bootnodes) option specifies the enode URL for Node-1.

@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
description: web3.js-eea client library multinode example
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Using Multinode Example in web3.js-eea Client Library
To use the examples provided in EEA JS library with [your privacy network](Configuring-Privacy.md):
1. Clone the **PegaSysEng/eeajs** repository:
```bash
git clone https://github.com/PegaSysEng/eeajs.git
```
1. In the `eeajs` directory:
```bash
npm install
```
1. In the `example` directory, update the `keys.js` file to include:
* Orion node public keys
* Pantheon node RPC URLs
* Pantheon node private keys
1. If the `chainID` specified in the genesis file for your network is not `2018`, update `deployContract.js`,
`storeValueFromNode1.js`, and `storeValueFromNode2.js` to specify your chain ID instead of `2018`.
1. In the `example/multiNodeExample` directory, deploy the contract:
```bash
node deployContract.js
```
A private transaction receipt is returned.
```
Transaction Hash 0x23b57ddc3ecf9c9a548e4401a411420ffc0002fd259a86d5656add7c6108beeb
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Private Transaction Receipt
{ contractAddress: '0xfee84481da8f4b9a998dfacb38091b3145bb01ab',
from: '0x9811ebc35d7b06b3fa8dc5809a1f9c52751e1deb',
to: null,
output:
'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',
logs: [] }
```
1. Copy the contract address from the private transaction receipt and set the `CONTRACT_ADDRESS` environment variable:
```bash
export CONTRACT_ADDRESS=<Contract Address from Private Transaction Receipt>
```
!!! example
```bash
export CONTRACT_ADDRESS=0xfee84481da8f4b9a998dfacb38091b3145bb01ab
```
1. Store a value in the contract from Node 1:
```bash
node storeValueFromNode1.js
```
The value of 1000 (3e8 in hex) is stored by Node 1 and is visible to Node 1 and Node 2.
```bash
Transaction Hash: 0xd9d71cc6f64675e1a48183ded8f08930af317eb883ebae4c4eec66ae68618d85
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Event Emited: 0x0000000000000000000000009811ebc35d7b06b3fa8dc5809a1f9c52751e1deb00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003e8
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Get Value from http://localhost:8545: 0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003e8
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Get Value from http://localhost:8546: 0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003e8
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Get Value from http://localhost:8547: 0x
```
7. Store a value in the contract from Node 2:
```bash
node storeValueFromNode2.js
```
The value of 42 (2a in hex) is stored by Node 1 and is visible to Node 1 and Node 2.
```bash
Transaction Hash: 0xa025433aec47a71b0230f12f43708812fd38ff7b7c1dc89a715f71dcbd5fbdbf
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Event Emited: 0x000000000000000000000000372a70ace72b02cc7f1757183f98c620254f9c8d000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002a
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Get Value from http://localhost:8545: 0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002a
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Get Value from http://localhost:8546: 0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002a
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Get Value from http://localhost:8547: 0x
```
!!! note
The Node 3 Orion log messages indicate payloads cannot be found. This is expected behaviour
because Node 3 does not have access to the private transactions between Node 1 and Node 2.

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
Pantheon user documentation was moved to as separate repository to help manage versions and releases.
If you want to contribute to the doc site, make a pull request against https://github.com/PegaSysEng/doc.pantheon
The generated doc website is at https://docs.pantheon.pegasys.tech/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon API objects reference
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Pantheon API Objects
The following objects are parameters for or returned by Pantheon API Methods.
## Block Object
Returned by [eth_getBlockByHash](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getblockbyhash) and [eth_getBlockByNumber](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getblockbynumber).
| Key | Type | Value |
|----------------------|:---------------------:|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **number** | *Quantity*, Integer | Block number. `null` when block is pending. |
| **hash** | *Data*, 32&nbsp;bytes | Hash of the block. `null` when block is pending. |
| **parentHash** | *Data*, 32&nbsp;bytes | Hash of the parent block. |
| **nonce** | *Data*, 8&nbsp;bytes | Hash of the generated proof of work. `null` when block is pending. |
| **sha3Uncles** | *Data*, 32&nbsp;bytes | SHA3 of the uncle's data in the block. |
| **logsBloom** | *Data*, 256 bytes | Bloom filter for the block logs. `null` when block is pending. |
| **transactionsRoot** | *Data*, 32&nbsp;bytes | Root of the transaction trie for the block. |
| **stateRoot** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | Root of the final state trie for the block. |
| **receiptsRoot** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | Root of the receipts trie for the block. |
| **miner** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Address to which mining rewards were paid. |
| **difficulty** | Quantity, Integer | Difficulty for this block. |
| **totalDifficulty** | Quantity, Integer | Total difficulty of the chain until this block. |
| **extraData** | Data | Extra data field of this block. |
| **size** | Quantity, Integer | Size of block in bytes. |
| **gasLimit** | Quantity | Maximum gas allowed in this block. |
| **gasUsed** | Quantity | Total gas used by all transactions in this block. |
| **timestamp** | Quantity | Unix timestamp when block was collated. |
| **transactions** | Array | Array of [transaction objects](#transaction-object), or 32 byte transaction hashes depending on the specified boolean parameter. |
| **uncles** | Array | Array of uncle hashes. |
## Filter Options Object
Parameter for [eth_newFilter](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_newfilter) and [eth_getLogs](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getlogs). Used to [filter logs](../Using-Pantheon/Accessing-Logs-Using-JSON-RPC.md).
| Key | Type | Required/Optional | Value |
|---------------|:---------------------------------:|:-----------------:|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **fromBlock** | Quantity &#124; Tag | Optional | Integer block number or `latest`, `pending`, `earliest`. See [Block Parameter](../Pantheon-API/Using-JSON-RPC-API.md#block-parameter). Default is `latest`. |
| **toBlock** | Quantity &#124; Tag | Optional | Integer block number or `latest`, `pending`, `earliest`. See [Block Parameter](../Pantheon-API/Using-JSON-RPC-API.md#block-parameter). Default is `latest`. |
| **address** | Data &#124; Array | Optional | Contract address or array of addresses from which [logs](../Using-Pantheon/Events-and-Logs.md) originate. |
| **topics** | Array of Data, 32&nbsp;bytes each | Optional | Array of topics by which to [filter logs](../Using-Pantheon/Events-and-Logs.md#topic-filters). |
[eth_getLogs](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getlogs) has an additional key.
| Key | Type | Required/Optional | Value |
|------------|:-----------------:|:-----------------:|------|
| **blockhash** |Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | Optional | Hash of block for which to return logs. If `blockhash` is specified, `fromBlock` and `toBlock` cannot be specified. |
## Log Object
Returned by [eth_getFilterChanges](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getfilterchanges) and [transaction receipt objects](#transaction-receipt-object) can contain an array of log objects.
| Key | Type | Value |
|----------------------|-:- :------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **removed** | Tag | `true` when log removed due to chain reorganization. `false` if valid log. |
| **logIndex** | Quantity, Integer | Log index position in the block. `null` when log is pending. |
| **transactionIndex** | Quantity, Integer | Index position of transaction from which log was created. `null` when log is pending. |
| **transactionHash** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | Hash of transaction from which log was created. `null` when log is pending. |
| **blockHash** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | Hash of block in which log included. `null` when log is pending. |
| **blockNumber** | Quantity | Number of block in which log included. `null` when log is pending. |
| **address** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Address from which log originated. |
| **data** | Data | Non-indexed arguments of log. |
| **topics** | Array of Data, 32&nbsp;bytes each | [Event signature hash](../Using-Pantheon/Events-and-Logs.md#event-signature-hash) and 0 to 3 [indexed log arguments](../Using-Pantheon/Events-and-Logs.md#event-parameters). |
## Private Transaction Object
Returned by [priv_getPrivateTransaction](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#priv_getprivatetransaction).
| Key | Type | Value |
|----------------------|-:-:-------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **from** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Address of the sender. |
| **gas** | Quantity | Gas provided by the sender. |
| **gasPrice** | Quantity | Gas price provided by the sender in Wei. |
| **hash** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | Hash of the transaction. |
| **input** | Data | Data to create or invoke contract. |
| **nonce** | Quantity | Number of transactions made by the sender to the privacy group before this one. |
| **to** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | `null` if a contract creation transaction; otherwise, contract address |
| **value** | Quantity | `null` because private transactions cannot transfer Ether |
| **v** | Quantity | ECDSA Recovery ID |
| **r** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | ECDSA signature r |
| **s** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | ECDSA signature s |
| **privateFrom** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | [Orion](https://docs.orion.pegasys.tech/en/stable/) public key of sender |
| **privateFor** | Array of Data, 32&nbsp;bytes each | [Orion](https://docs.orion.pegasys.tech/en/stable/) public keys of recipients |
| **restriction** | String | Must be [`restricted`](../Privacy/Explanation/Privacy-Overview.md#private-transaction-attributes)
## Range Object
Returned by [debug_storageRangeAt](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#debug_storagerangeat).
| Key | Type | Value |
|-----------------|:-------:|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **storage** | Object | Key hash and value. Preimage key is always null |
| **nextKey** | Hash | Hash of next key if further storage in range. Otherwise, not included |
### Structured Log Object
Log information returned as part of the [Trace object](#trace-object).
| Key | Type | Value |
|----------------------------|:----------------------------:|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **pc** | Integer | Current program counter |
| **op** | String | Current OpCode |
| **gas** | Integer | Gas remaining |
| **gasCost** | Integer | Cost in wei of each gas unit |
| **depth** | Integer | Execution depth |
| **exceptionalHaltReasons** | Array | One or more strings representing an error condition that caused the EVM execution to terminate. These indicate that EVM execution terminated for reasons such as running out of gas or attempting to execute an unknown instruction. Generally a single exceptional halt reason is returned but it is possible for more than one to occur at once. |
| **stack** | Array of 32&nbsp;byte arrays | EVM execution stack before executing current operation |
| **memory** | Array of 32&nbsp;byte arrays | Memory space of the contract before executing current operation |
| **storage** | Object | Storage entries changed by the current transaction |
## Trace Object
Returned by [debug_traceBlock](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#debug_traceblock), [debug_traceBlockByHash](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#debug_traceblockbyhash),
[debug_traceBlockByNumber](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#debug_traceblockbynumber), and [debug_traceTransaction](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#debug_tracetransaction).
| Key | Type | Value |
|-----------------|:-------:|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **gas** | Integer | Gas used by the transaction |
| **failed** | Boolean | True if transaction failed; otherwise, false |
| **returnValue** | String | Bytes returned from transaction execution (without a `0x` prefix) |
| **structLogs** | Array | Array of structured log objects |
## Transaction Object
Returned by [eth_getTransactionByHash](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactionbyhash), [eth_getTransactionByBlockHashAndIndex](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactionbyblockhashandindex), and [eth_getTransactionsByBlockNumberAndIndex](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactionbyblocknumberandindex).
| Key | Type | Value |
|----------------------|:-------------------:|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **blockHash** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | Hash of block containing this transaction. `null` when transaction is pending. |
| **blockNumber** | Quantity | Block number of block containing this transaction. `null` when transaction is pending. |
| **from** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Address of the sender. |
| **gas** | Quantity | Gas provided by the sender. |
| **gasPrice** | Quantity | Gas price provided by the sender in Wei. |
| **hash** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | Hash of the transaction. |
| **input** | Data | Data sent with the transaction to create or invoke a contract. For [private transactions](../Privacy/Explanation/Privacy-Overview.md) it is a pointer to the transaction location in [Orion](https://docs.orion.pegasys.tech/en/stable/). |
| **nonce** | Quantity | Number of transactions made by the sender before this one. |
| **to** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Address of the receiver. `null` if a contract creation transaction. |
| **transactionIndex** | Quantity, Integer | Index position of transaction in the block. `null` when transaction is pending. |
| **value** | Quantity | Value transferred in Wei. |
| **v** | Quantity | ECDSA Recovery ID |
| **r** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | ECDSA signature r |
| **s** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | ECDSA signature s |
## Transaction Call Object
Parameter for [eth_call](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_call) and [eth_estimateGas](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_estimategas).
!!!note
All parameters are optional for [eth_estimateGas](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_estimategas)
| Key | Type | Required/Optional | Value |
|--------------|:-------------------:|:-----------------:|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **from** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Optional | Address from which transaction is sent. |
| **to** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Required | Address to which transaction is directed. |
| **gas** | Quantity, Integer | Optional | Gas provided for the transaction execution. `eth_call` consumes zero gas, but this parameter might be needed by some executions. `eth_estimateGas` ignores this value. |
| **gasPrice** | Quantity, Integer | Optional | Price used for each paid gas. |
| **value** | Quantity, Integer | Optional | Value sent with this transaction. |
| **data** | Data | Optional | Hash of the method signature and encoded parameters. For details, see [Ethereum Contract ABI](https://github.com/ethereum/wiki/wiki/Ethereum-Contract-ABI). |
## Transaction Receipt Object
Returned by [eth_getTransactionReceipt](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactionreceipt).
| Key | Type | Value |
|-----------------------|:--------------------:|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **blockHash** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | Hash of block containing this transaction. |
| **blockNumber** | Quantity | Block number of block containing this transaction. |
| **contractAddress** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Contract address created, if contract creation transaction; otherwise, `null`. |
| **cumulativeGasUsed** | Quantity | Total amount of gas used by previous transactions in the block and this transaction. |
| **from** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Address of the sender. |
| **gasUsed** | Quantity | Amount of gas used by this specific transaction. |
| **logs** | Array | Array of [log objects](#log-object) generated by this transaction. |
| **logsBloom** | Data, 256&nbsp;bytes | Bloom filter for light clients to quickly retrieve related logs. |
| **status** | Quantity | Either `1` (success) or `0` (failure) |
| **to** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Address of the receiver, if sending ether; otherwise, null. |
| **transactionHash** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes | Hash of the transaction. |
| **transactionIndex** | Quantity, Integer | Index position of transaction in the block. |
!!!note
For pre-Byzantium transactions, the transaction receipt object includes the following instead of `status`:
| Key | Type | Value |
|-------|:-----------------:|---------|
| **root** | Data, 32&nbsp;bytes| Post-transaction stateroot|
## Private Transaction Receipt Object
Returned by [eea_getTransactionReceipt](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea_gettransactionreceipt).
| Key | Type | Value |
|-----------------------|:--------------------:|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **contractAddress** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Contract address created, if contract creation transaction; otherwise, `null`. |
| **from** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Address of the sender. |
| **to** | Data, 20&nbsp;bytes | Address of the receiver, if sending ether; otherwise, null. |
| **output** | Data | RLP-encoded return value of a contract call, if value is returned; otherwise, `null`.|
| **logs** | Array | Array of [log objects](#log-object) generated by this transaction. |

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

@ -1,248 +0,0 @@
description: web3js-eea methods reference
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# web3js-eea
Use the [web3.js-eea library](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/eeajs) to [create and send
private transactions](../Privacy/How-To/Creating-Sending-Private-Transactions.md).
## Options Parameter
The Options parameter has the following properties:
* `privateKey`: Ethereum private key with which to sign the transaction
* `privateFrom` : Orion public key of the sender
* [`privateFor` : Orion public keys of recipients or `privacyGroupId`: Privacy group to receive the transaction](../Privacy/Explanation/Privacy-Groups.md)
* `nonce` : Optional. If not provided, calculated using [`eea_getTransctionCount`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md).
* `to` : Optional. Contract address to send the transaction to. Do not specify for contract deployment transactions
* `data` : Transaction data
## createPrivacyGroup
Creates privacy group for Pantheon privacy.
**Parameters**
[Transaction options](#options-parameter)
`name` : `string` - Name of the privacy group. Optional.
`description` : `string` - Name of the privacy group. Optional.
**Returns**
`string` : Privacy group ID
!!! example
```bash
const createPrivacyGroup = () => {
const contractOptions = {
addresses: [orion.node1.publicKey, orion.node2.publicKey],
name: "Privacy Group A",
description: "Members of Group A"
};
return web3.eea.createPrivacyGroup(contractOptions).then(result => {
console.log(`The privacy group created is:`, result);
return result;
});
};
```
## deletePrivacyGroup
Deletes privacy group.
**Parameters**
[Transaction options](#options-parameter)
**Returns**
`string` : Privacy group ID
!!! example
```bash
const deletePrivacyGroup = givenPrivacyGroupId => {
const contractOptions = {
privacyGroupId: givenPrivacyGroupId
};
return web3.eea.deletePrivacyGroup(contractOptions).then(result => {
console.log(`The privacy group deleted is:`, result);
return result;
});
};
```
## findPrivacyGroup
Finds privacy groups containing only the specified members.
**Parameters**
[Transaction options](#options-parameter)
**Returns**
`array of objects` : Privacy groups containing only the specified members.
!!! example
```bash
const findPrivacyGroup = () => {
const contractOptions = {
addresses: [orion.node1.publicKey, orion.node2.publicKey]
};
return web3.eea.findPrivacyGroup(contractOptions).then(result => {
console.log(`The privacy groups found are:`, result);
return result;
});
};
```
## generatePrivacyGroup
Generates the privacy group ID for [EEA privacy](../Privacy/Explanation/Privacy-Groups.md#eea-compliant-privacy).
The privacy group ID is the RLP-encoded `privateFor` and `privateFrom` keys.
**Parameters**
[Transaction options](#options-parameter)
**Returns**
`string` : Privacy group ID
!!! example
```bash
const privacyGroupId = web3.eea.generatePrivacyGroup({
privateFrom: "A1aVtMxLCUHmBVHXoZzzBgPbW/wj5axDpW9X8l91SGo=",
privateFor: ["Ko2bVqD+nNlNYL5EE7y3IdOnviftjiizpjRt+HTuFBs="]
});
```
## getMarkerTransaction
Gets the [privacy marker transaction](../Privacy/Explanation/Private-Transaction-Processing.md) transaction receipt.
**Parameters**
`txHash` - `string` : Transaction hash of the private transaction
`retries` - `int` : Maximum number of attempts to get the private marker transaction receipt
`delay` - `int` : Delay between retries in milliseconds
**Returns**
Privacy marker transaction receipt
!!! example
```bash
const privateMarkerTransacion = web3.eea.getMarkerTransaction("0x9c41b3d44ed73511c82a9e2b1ef581eb797475c82f318ca2802358d3ba4a8274", 5, 100);
```
## getTransactionCount
Returns the number of transactions sent from the specified address for the privacy group.
**Parameters**
[Transaction options](#options-parameter)
**Returns**
`int` : Transaction count for that account (`privateKey`) and privacy group
!!! example
```bash
return web3.eea
.getTransactionCount({
privateKey: pantheon.node1.privateKey,
privateFrom: orion.node1.publicKey,
privateFor: [orion.node2.publicKey],
})
```
## getTransactionReceipt
Gets the private transaction receipt using [`eea_getTransactionReceipt`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea_gettransactionreceipt).
**Parameters**
`txHash` - `string` : Transaction hash of the private transaction
`enclavePublicKey` - `string` : [`privateFrom` key for the transaction](#options-parameter)
`retries` - `int` : Optional. Maximum number of attempts to get the private marker transaction receipt. Default is `300`.
`delay` - `int` : Optional. Delay between retries in milliseconds. Default is `1000`.
**Returns**
Private transaction receipt
!!! example
```bash
const privateTxReceipt = web3.eea.getTransactionReceipt("0x9c41b3d44ed73511c82a9e2b1ef581eb797475c82f318ca2802358d3ba4a8274", "A1aVtMxLCUHmBVHXoZzzBgPbW/wj5axDpW9X8l91SGo=");
```
## sendRawTransaction
Signs and sends a RLP-encoded private transaction to Pantheon using [`eea_sendRawTransaction`](Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea_sendrawtransaction).
`sendRawTransaction` supports [EEA-compliant privacy](../Privacy/How-To/EEA-Compliant.md) using `privateFor`, or [Pantheon-extended privacy](../Privacy/How-To/Pantheon-Privacy.md) using `privacyGroupId`.
**Parameters**
[Transaction options](#options-parameter)
**Returns**
`string` : Transaction hash of the [`privacy marker transaction`](../Privacy/Explanation/Private-Transaction-Processing.md)
!!! example "Pantheon-extended Privacy"
```bash tab="Contract Deployment with privacyGroupId"
const createPrivateEmitterContract = privacyGroupId => {
const contractOptions = {
data: `0x${binary}`,
privateFrom: orion.node1.publicKey,
privacyGroupId,
privateKey: pantheon.node1.privateKey
};
return web3.eea.sendRawTransaction(contractOptions);
};
```
```bash tab="Contract Invocation with privacyGroupId "
const functionCall = {
to: address,
data: functionAbi.signature,
privateFrom,
privacyGroupId,
privateKey
};
return web3.eea.sendRawTransaction(functionCall);
```
!!! example "EEA-compliant Privacy"
```bash tab="Contract Deployment with privateFor"
const createPrivateEmitterContract = () => {
const contractOptions = {
data: `0x${binary}`,
privateFrom: orion.node1.publicKey,
privateFor: [orion.node2.publicKey],
privateKey: pantheon.node1.privateKey
};
return web3.eea.sendRawTransaction(contractOptions);
};
```
```bash tab="Contract Invocation with privateFor"
const functionCall = {
to: address,
data: functionAbi.signature + functionArgs,
privateFrom: orion.node1.publicKey,
privateFor: [orion.node2.publicKey],
privateKey: pantheon.node1.privateKey
};
return web3.eea.sendRawTransaction(functionCall);
```

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon resources including blog posts, webinars, and meetup recordings.
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Pantheon Resources
## Blog Posts
[Privacy in Pantheon: How It Works and Why Your Enterprise Should Care](https://pegasys.tech/privacy-in-pantheon-how-it-works-and-why-your-enterprise-should-care/)
[Permissioning Features in Pantheon](https://pegasys.tech/protecting-the-enterprise-permissioning-features-in-pantheon/)
[Another day, another consensus algorithm. Why IBFT 2.0?](https://pegasys.tech/another-day-another-consensus-algorithm-why-ibft-2-0/)
[Why We Rebuilt Ethereum from Scratch](https://media.consensys.net/why-we-rebuilt-ethereum-from-scratch-9e38b6ebd4a2)
[Why Java for Blockchain](https://media.consensys.net/why-java-for-blockchain-73f1b444c2d)
## Webinars
<<<<<<< HEAD
<<<<<<< HEAD
[Permissioning in Blockchain: A Technical Look at Benefits and Best Practices](https://pegasys.wistia.com/medias/3px9eo2sf5)
=======
[Permissioning in Blockchain: A Technical Look at Benefits and Best Practices](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CD0pHtNDqZs)
>>>>>>> a4bb4af0dfc8ca9e7b97720aa8ef47e330d7f903
=======
[Permissioning in Blockchain: A Technical Look at Benefits and Best Practices](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CD0pHtNDqZs)
>>>>>>> 5728373ded70eebb57dbb6360d18a1275ebe4953
[Privacy in Pantheon: How PegaSys Redefined Blockchain for Enterprises](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8l7SSZLyFL8)
[The Final Word: IBFT 2.0 and Enterprise Consensus](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YmTUP_dWfME)
[De-Mystifying Pantheon: Understanding an Ethereum Codebase](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OJfib9kTK7U&feature=youtu.be)
[Getting Started with Pantheon](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OKWBr94J9rY&t=1s)

@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
description: Frequently asked questions FAQ and answers for troubleshooting Pantheon
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Troubleshooting
If Pantheon is not working as expected, here are some things to check or try.
## Supplied Genesis Block Does Not Match Stored Chain Data
If you get a `Supplied genesis block does not match stored chain data` error, use the genesis file which matches the genesis block
of the data directory or use the [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) option to specify a different data directory.
## Host Not Authorized
If you are receiving a `Host not authorized` error when attempting to access the JSON-RPC API, ensure [`--host-whitelist`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#host-whitelist)
includes the host from which you are sending the RPC or `*`.
## Peers Fail to Connect
If nodes are not communicating, ensure the [required ports are open](https://docs.pantheon.pegasys.tech/en/stable/Configuring-Pantheon/Networking/Configuring-Ports/).
If your nodes are running in AWS, check you have appropriate `SecurityGroups` to allow access to the required ports.
Check the [enode URLs](../Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md#enode-url) specified for [bootnodes](../Configuring-Pantheon/Networking#bootnodes)
or [static nodes](../Configuring-Pantheon/Networking/Managing-Peers.md#static-nodes) match the enode URLs
displayed when the remote nodes are started.
## Mining
Check blocks are being created. On mining nodes, log messages indicate blocks are being created.
```bash
2019-05-08 20:28:27.026+10:00 | pool-10-thread-1 | INFO | IbftRound | Importing block to chain. round=ConsensusRoundIdentifier{Sequence=660, Round=0}, hash=0x759afaba4e923d89175d850ceca4b8ef81f7d9c727b0b0b8e714b624a4b8e8cc
2019-05-08 20:28:29.020+10:00 | pool-10-thread-1 | INFO | IbftRound | Importing block to chain. round=ConsensusRoundIdentifier{Sequence=661, Round=0}, hash=0x5443e504256765f06b3cebfbee82276a034ebcc8d685b7c3d1a6010fd4acfa14
```
On non-mining nodes, log messages indicate blocks are being imported.
```bash
2019-05-08 20:28:29.026+10:00 | EthScheduler-Workers-1 | INFO | BlockPropagationManager | Imported #661 / 0 tx / 0 om / 0 (0.0%) gas / (0x5443e504256765f06b3cebfbee82276a034ebcc8d685b7c3d1a6010fd4acfa14) in 0.000s.
2019-05-08 20:28:31.031+10:00 | EthScheduler-Workers-0 | INFO | BlockPropagationManager | Imported #662 / 0 tx / 0 om / 0 (0.0%) gas / (0x0ead4e20123d3f1433d8dec894fcce386da4049819b24b309963ce7a8a0fcf03) in 0.000s.
```
Use the [`eth_blockNumber`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_blocknumber) JSON-RPC API method to confirm the
block number is increasing.
If blocks are not being created in [Clique](../Consensus-Protocols/Clique.md#extra-data) or [IBFT 2.0](../Consensus-Protocols/IBFT.md#extra-data) networks,
ensure the validator addresses in the genesis file match running nodes.
## Transactions Not Being Mined
If a transaction is added to the [transaction pool](../Using-Pantheon/Transactions/Transaction-Pool.md)
and the transaction hash returned but the transaction is never being mined, check the [`--min-gas-price`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#min-gas-price)
option on mining nodes. If the `gasPrice` on a [transaction](../Using-Pantheon/Transactions/Transactions.md)
is lower than the `min-gas-price` for the mining node, the transaction will never be mined.
In [free gas networks](../Configuring-Pantheon/FreeGas.md), [`--min-gas-price`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#min-gas-price) must be set to 0.
## Genesis Milestone
Not including a sufficient milestone in the genesis file can lead to unexpected and inconsistent behaviour without
specific errors. Ensure a sufficient milestone is included in the genesis file (for example, `constantinoplefixblock`).
## Illegal Reflective Access Error on Startup
When using Java 9 or later, the following error message may be displayed on startup and does not affect the operation of Pantheon:
```
WARNING: An illegal reflective access operation has occurred
WARNING: Illegal reflective access by org.bouncycastle.jcajce.provider.drbg.DRBG (file:/Users/madelinemurray/pantheon/build/distributions/pantheon-1.1.2-SNAPSHOT/lib/bcprov-jdk15on-1.61.jar) to constructor sun.security.provider.Sun()
WARNING: Please consider reporting this to the maintainers of org.bouncycastle.jcajce.provider.drbg.DRBG
WARNING: Use --illegal-access=warn to enable warnings of further illegal reflective access operations
WARNING: All illegal access operations will be denied in a future release
```
To stop the message being displayed, add the following to the environment:
```bash tab="Linux / Mac OS"
export PANTHEON_OPTS="--add-opens java.base/sun.security.provider=ALL-UNNAMED"
```
```bash tab="Windows"
set PANTHEON_OPTS="--add-opens java.base/sun.security.provider=ALL-UNNAMED"
```
## Command Line Options
Characters such as smart quotes and long (em) hyphens won't work in Pantheon command line options. Ensure quotes have
not been automatically converted to smart quotes or double hyphens combined into em hyphens.
## New Line Characters at the End of Files
Ensure there is no new line character (`\n`) at the end of password files. New line characters may not
be displayed in all editors.
## Logging
Restart Pantheon with the command line option [`--logging=TRACE`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#logging) and look at the log files.

@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon private network quickstart on Azure tutorial
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Azure Private Network Quickstart Tutorial
This tutorial describes how to use the [Pantheon quickstart](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon-quickstart)
to run a private network of Pantheon nodes in a Docker container in a Linux Virtual
machine hosted on Microsoft Azure.
## Duration
**Duration : Approximately 20 minutes**
The duration includes the Azure resources deployment (usually around 5 minutes) but it can vary.
This tutorial contains some optional steps that will increase the duration.
## Steps
* Step 1 - [Requirements](#requirements)
* Up to 20 minutes if you need to install requirements
* Step 2 - [Deploy the Quickstart](#deploy-the-quickstart)
* One Click Deploy : 5 minutes
* Manually : 15 minutes
* Step 3 - [Access the Lite Block Explorer](#accessing-the-alethio-ethstats-lite-block-explorer).
* 2 minutes
* Step 4 (optional) - [Copy endpoints and continue from here by following our Docker Quickstart Tutorial](#rpc-enpoints).
* Up to 10 minutes
* Step 5 - [Shut down the Azure Quickstart resources](#shutting-down-the-quickstart)
* Up to 10 minutes depending on the method
## Requirements
* Azure account. A [free trial account](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/) can be used for this tutorial.
* If not using Linux or MacOS, a tool to connect to a remote console using SSH. Free tools include:
* [Putty](https://www.putty.org/)
* [mRemoteNG](https://mremoteng.org/)
* [Terminals](https://github.com/terminals-Origin/Terminals)
## Deploy the Quickstart
### One Click Deploy
Deploy the Pantheon Quickstart on [Microsoft Azure](https://azure.microsoft.com) by clicking the button below.
[![Deploy to Azure](http://azuredeploy.net/deploybutton.png)](https://portal.azure.com/#create/Microsoft.Template/uri/https%3A%2F%2Fraw.githubusercontent.com%2FPegaSysEng%2Fpantheon-quickstart%2Fmaster%2Fazure%2Fazuredeploy.json)
If prompted to log in to the Azure Portal, log in before being redirected to the deployment form.
???info "Filling in the Azure Deployment Form"
* **Subscription** : Default
* **Resource group** : Click **Create new** and enter `pantheon-quickstart`
* **Vm Name** : Default
* **Admin Username** : Default
* **Admin Password** : Create a password between 12 and 72 characters with numbers, lower and upper-case
letters, and a special symbol
* **Vm Size** : Standard DS2s v3 is the minimum usable size for this quickstart.
### Deploy Manually
To deploy manually instead of using the [One Click Deploy](#one-click-deploy), expand the
instructions.
???example "Manual Deployment Steps"
#### Connect to Azure Portal
Log into [Azure portal](https://portal.azure.com/) using your account credentials.
#### Create Resources
On the home page, click **Create resource button** at the top left hand corner.
Search the Marketplace for **Ubuntu Server 18.04 LTS** by Canonical and click on it.
An information page is displayed. Accept the default deployment model of Resource Manager and click **Create**.
In **Create a virtual machine**, set the following values for each tab:
##### Basics Step
* Subscription --> Free trial
* Resource group --> Create a group and name it. For example, pantheon-quickstart
* Virtual machine name --> quickstart
* Region --> Default
* Availability options --> No infrastructure redundancy required
* Image --> Ubuntu Server 18.04 LTS
* Size --> Default. The quickstart doesn't require a lot of power and disk space.
A **Standard D2s v3 (2 vcpus, 8 GB memory)** is enough and is less expensive.
* Authentication type --> Choose the one you prefer
* Username --> Provide a user name. **azure** is used for this tutorial.
* Depending on the authentication method, enter the password or the public key.
* Login with Azure Active Directory --> **off**
* Public inbound ports --> Allow selected ports
* Select inbound ports --> Select **HTTP** and **SSH**
At the top of the page, select the **Guest config** tab.
##### Guest Config
This step installs the required software (Docker and Docker-compose) on your virtual machine
and retrieves and runs the quickstart private network.
1. Click on the **Select an extension to install** link and a new resource pane is displayed on the right.
1. In the list, click **Custom Script For Linux**. Another pane is displayed with a blue **Create** button at
the bottom.
1. Click the blue **Create** button. A form with two fields is displayed.
1. In another browser tab or window, open [https://raw.githubusercontent.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon-quickstart/master/azure/install_and_run.sh](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon-quickstart/master/azure/install_and_run.sh)
1. Save (++ctrl+s++) this script to your computer, in any location, called `install_and_run.sh`.
1. Click on the **Script files** field and select the `install_and_run.sh` script you saved.
1. In the **Command** field, enter (replacing the pre filled `sh script.sh`):
```bash
sh install_and_run.sh azure
```
!!!important
The username is included at the end of this command, **azure** in this example. Use the
username defined in the Basics step.
1. Click **Ok**.
1. Click the **Review + create** blue button at the bottom of the page.
1. When the green **Validation passed** message is displayed at the top of the screen,
press the blue **Create** button.
## Access Resources
Now your Quickstart is deploying, a **Your deployment is underway** screen is displayed.
The deployment takes approximately 5 minutes.
Once the deployment is complete, **Your deployment is complete** is displayed with a list of deployed resources.
![Your deployment is complete screenshot](deployment-complete-screenshot.png)
CLick the **quickstart** resource (the VM) in the list. The machine overview page is displayed.
## Accessing the Alethio EthStats Lite Block Explorer
On the right of the virtual machine page, the **Public IP address** of this machine is displayed.
Copy the public IP address and copy it into the navigation bar of a new browser tab or window.
The EthStats Lite Block Explorer is displayed.
Wait a few seconds and 6 peers and the blocks mined are displayed.
![Alethio EthStat-light explorer](alethio-light-explorer-screenshot.png)
## RPC Endpoints
For the following optional tutorial steps, the RPC endpoints are:
* HTTP RPC endpoint: **http://&lt;your VM public IP>/jsonrpc**
* WebSocket RPC endpoint: **ws://&lt;your VM public IP>/jsonws**
## Optional Private Network Tutorial
Follow the [private network quickstart tutorial starting from creating RPC requests](../../Tutorials/Private-Network-Quickstart.md#run-json-rpc-requests).
When complete, resume this tutorial to shut down your resources.
## Shutting Down the Quickstart
!!!attention
Don't forget to shutdown the quickstart because it will consume your Azure resources
and that can be expensive or drain free credits from your trial account.
Options for shutting down are:
### I Want to Remove Everything From My Azure Account
This is the easiest way to ensure your Azure resources won't consume any credits.
In the Azure portal, navigate to your resource group (for example, **pantheon-quickstart**) and
click the **Delete resource group** button.
### I Want to Remove the Virtual Machine Only
In the Azure portal, navigate to your resource group (for example, **pantheon-quickstart**) and
click the virtual machine resource and click the **Delete** button.
### I Want to Keep the Virtual Machine but Remove the Pantheon Network
1. In the Azure portal, navigate to the VM:
1. Click **All services** in the left pane
1. Click **Virtual machines**
1. Click VM you named **quickstart**
1. Click the **connect** button to obtain the information to connect with SSH (see [Requirements](#requirements)).
1. Once connected to the machine, go to the `pantheon-quickstart` directory:
```bash
cd pantheon-quickstart
```
1. Run the remove script:
```bash
./remove.sh
```
1. To run the network again, use the following script:
```bash
./run.sh -p 80
```
Where 80 is the port number for the Block Explorer and RPC connections.
### I Want to Stop the Pantheon Network and Be Able to Resume It
Connect to the VM using SSH as for [I want to keep the VM but remove the nodes network](#i-want-to-keep-the-vm-but-remove-the-nodes-network)
but instead of running the remove script, run the stop script:
```bash
./stop.sh
```
To resume the network:
```bash
./resume.sh
```

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 323 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.9 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 321 KiB

@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon IBFT 2.0 Proof-of-Authority (PoA) private network tutorial
<!--- END of page meta data -->
*[Byzantine fault tolerant]: Ability to function correctly and reach consensus despite nodes failing or propagating incorrect information to peers.
# Creating a Private Network using IBFT 2.0 (Proof of Authority) Consensus Protocol
A private network provides a configurable network for testing. This private network uses the [IBFT 2.0 (Proof of Authority)
consensus protocol](../Consensus-Protocols/IBFT.md).
!!!important
An Ethereum private network created as described here is isolated but not protected or secure.
We recommend running the private network behind a properly configured firewall.
This tutorial configures a private network using IBFT 2.0 for educational purposes only.
IBFT 2.0 requires 4 validators to be Byzantine fault tolerant.
## Prerequisites
[Pantheon](../Installation/Install-Binaries.md)
[Curl (or similar web service client)](https://curl.haxx.se/download.html)
## Steps
The steps to create a private network using IBFT 2.0 with four nodes are on the right. The four nodes are
all validators.
### 1. Create Folders
Each node requires a data directory for the blockchain data.
Create directories for your private network, each of the four nodes, and a data directory for each node:
```bash
IBFT-Network/
├── Node-1
   ├── data
├── Node-2
   ├── data
├── Node-3
   ├── data
└── Node-4
├── data
```
### 2. Create Configuration File
The configuration file defines the [IBFT 2.0 genesis file](../Consensus-Protocols/IBFT.md#genesis-file)
and the number of node key pairs to generate.
The configuration file has 2 subnested JSON nodes. The first is the `genesis` property defining
the IBFT 2.0 genesis file except for the `extraData` string. The second is the `blockchain` property
defining the number of key pairs to generate.
Copy the following configuration file definition to a file called `ibftConfigFile.json` and save it in the `IBFT-Network` directory:
```json
{
"genesis": {
"config": {
"chainId": 2018,
"constantinoplefixblock": 0,
"ibft2": {
"blockperiodseconds": 2,
"epochlength": 30000,
"requesttimeoutseconds": 10
}
},
"nonce": "0x0",
"timestamp": "0x58ee40ba",
"gasLimit": "0x47b760",
"difficulty": "0x1",
"mixHash": "0x63746963616c2062797a616e74696e65206661756c7420746f6c6572616e6365",
"coinbase": "0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"alloc": {
"fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73": {
"privateKey": "8f2a55949038a9610f50fb23b5883af3b4ecb3c3bb792cbcefbd1542c692be63",
"comment": "private key and this comment are ignored. In a real chain, the private key should NOT be stored",
"balance": "0xad78ebc5ac6200000"
},
"627306090abaB3A6e1400e9345bC60c78a8BEf57": {
"privateKey": "c87509a1c067bbde78beb793e6fa76530b6382a4c0241e5e4a9ec0a0f44dc0d3",
"comment": "private key and this comment are ignored. In a real chain, the private key should NOT be stored",
"balance": "90000000000000000000000"
},
"f17f52151EbEF6C7334FAD080c5704D77216b732": {
"privateKey": "ae6ae8e5ccbfb04590405997ee2d52d2b330726137b875053c36d94e974d162f",
"comment": "private key and this comment are ignored. In a real chain, the private key should NOT be stored",
"balance": "90000000000000000000000"
}
}
},
"blockchain": {
"nodes": {
"generate": true,
"count": 4
}
}
}
```
!!! warning
Do not use the accounts in `alloc` in the genesis file on mainnet or any public network except for testing.
The private keys are displayed which means the accounts are not secure.
### 3. Generate Node Keys and Genesis File
In the `IBFT-Network` directory, generate the node key and genesis file:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon operator generate-blockchain-config --config-file=ibftConfigFile.json --to=networkFiles --private-key-file-name=key
```
In the `networkFiles` directory, the following are created:
* `genesis.json` - genesis file including the `extraData` property specifying the four nodes are validators
* Directory for each node named with the node address and containing the public and private key for each node
```bash
networkFiles/
├── genesis.json
└── keys
├── 0x438821c42b812fecdcea7fe8235806a412712fc0
   ├── key
   └── key.pub
├── 0xca9c2dfa62f4589827c0dd7dcf48259aa29f22f5
   ├── key
   └── key.pub
├── 0xcd5629bd37155608a0c9b28c4fd19310d53b3184
   ├── key
   └── key.pub
└── 0xe96825c5ab8d145b9eeca1aba7ea3695e034911a
├── key
└── key.pub
```
### 4. Copy the Genesis File to the IBFT-Network Directory
Copy the `genesis.json` file to the `IBFT-Network` directory.
### 5. Copy Node Private Keys to Node Directories
For each node, copy the key files to the `data` directory for that node
```bash
IBFT-Network/
├── genesis.json
├── Node-1
   ├── data
│ │    ├── key
│ │    ├── key.pub
├── Node-2
   ├── data
│ │    ├── key
│ │    ├── key.pub
├── Node-3
   ├── data
│ │    ├── key
│ │    ├── key.pub
├── Node-4
│ ├── data
│ │    ├── key
│ │    ├── key.pub
```
### 6. Start First Node as Bootnode
In the `Node-1` directory, start Node-1:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../genesis.json --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all"
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\genesis.json --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all"
```
The command line specifies:
* Data directory for Node-1 using the [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) option.
* JSON-RPC API is enabled using the [`--rpc-http-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-enabled) option
* ETH,NET, and IBFT APIs are enabled using the [`--rpc-http-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-api) option
* All hosts can access the HTTP JSON-RPC API using the [`--host-whitelist`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#host-whitelist) option
* All domains can access the node using the HTTP JSON-RPC API using the [`--rpc-http-cors-origins`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-cors-origins) option
When the node starts, the [enode URL](../Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md#enode-url) is displayed.
Copy the enode URL to specify Node-1 as the bootnode in the following steps.
![Node 1 Enode URL](../images/EnodeStartup.png)
### 7. Start Node-2
Start another terminal, change to the `Node-2` directory and start Node-2 specifying the Node-1 enode URL copied when starting Node-1 as the bootnode:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../genesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30304 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8546
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\genesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30304 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8546
```
The command line specifies:
* Data directory for Node-2 using the [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) option.
* Different port to Node-1 for P2P peer discovery using the [`--p2p-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port) option.
* Different port to Node-1 for HTTP JSON-RPC using the [`--rpc-http-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-port) option.
* Enode URL for Node-1 using the [`--bootnodes`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#bootnodes) option.
* Other options as for [Node-1](#5-start-first-node-as-bootnode).
### 8. Start Node-3
Start another terminal, change to the `Node-3` directory and start Node-3 specifying the Node-1 enode URL copied when starting Node-1 as the bootnode:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../genesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30305 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8547
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\genesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30305 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8547
```
The command line specifies:
* Data directory for Node-3 using the [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) option.
* Different port to Node-1 and Node-2 for P2P peer discovery using the [`--p2p-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port) option.
* Different port to Node-1 and Node-2 for HTTP JSON-RPC using the [`--rpc-http-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-port) option.
* Bootnode as for [Node-2](#6-start-node-2).
* Other options as for [Node-1](#5-start-first-node-as-bootnode).
### 9. Start Node-4
Start another terminal, change to the `Node-4` directory and start Node-4 specifying the Node-1 enode URL copied when starting Node-1 as the bootnode:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../genesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30306 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8548
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\genesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30306 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,IBFT --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8548
```
The command line specifies:
* Data directory for Node-4 using the [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) option.
* Different port to Node-1, Node-2, and Node-3 for P2P peer discovery using the [`--p2p-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port) option.
* Different port to Node-1, Node-2, and Node-3 for HTTP JSON-RPC using the [`--rpc-http-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-port) option.
* Bootnode as for [Node-2](#6-start-node-2).
* Other options as for [Node-1](#5-start-first-node-as-bootnode).
### 10. Confirm Private Network is Working
Start another terminal, use curl to call the JSON-RPC API [`net_peerCount`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#net_peercount) method and confirm the nodes are functioning as peers:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"net_peerCount","params":[],"id":1}' localhost:8545
```
The result confirms Node-1 has three peers (Node-2, Node-3, and Node-4):
```json
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 1,
"result" : "0x3"
}
```
## Next Steps
Look at the logs displayed to confirm blocks are being produced.
Use the [IBFT API](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#ibft-20-methods) to remove or add validators.
!!! note
To add or remove nodes as validators you need the node address. The directory [created for each node](#3-generate-node-keys-and-genesis-file)
is named with the node address.
This tutorial configures a private network using IBFT 2.0 for educational purposes only. IBFT 2.0 requires 4 validators to be Byzantine fault tolerant.
Import accounts to MetaMask and send transactions as described in the [Private Network Quickstart Tutorial](Private-Network-Quickstart.md#creating-a-transaction-using-metamask)
!!! info
Pantheon does not implement [private key management](../Using-Pantheon/Account-Management.md).
## Stop Nodes
When finished using the private network, stop all nodes using ++ctrl+c++ in each terminal window.
!!!tip
To restart the IBFT 2.0 network in the future, start from [6. Start First Node as Bootnode](#6-start-first-node-as-bootnode).

@ -1,344 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon Create a Permissioned network
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Creating a Permissioned Network
The following steps set up a permissioned network with node and account permissions. The network uses the
[Clique Proof of Authority consensus protocol](../Consensus-Protocols/Clique.md).
!!!important
A permissioned Ethereum network as described here is not protected against all attack vectors.
We recommend applying defense in depth to protect your infrastructure.
## Prerequisites
[Pantheon](../Installation/Install-Binaries.md)
[Curl (or similar web service client)](https://curl.haxx.se/download.html)
## Steps
The steps to create a permissoned network are displayed on the right.
### 1. Create Folders
Each node requires a data directory for the blockchain data. When the node is started, the [node key](../Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md)
is saved in this directory.
Create directories for your permissioned network, each of the three nodes, and a data directory for each node:
```bash
Permissioned-Network/
├── Node-1
   ├── data
├── Node-2
   ├── data
└── Node-3
├── data
```
### 2. Get Address of Node-1
In networks using Clique, the address of at least one initial signer must be included in the genesis file.
For this network, we will use Node-1 as the initial signer. This requires obtaining the address for Node-1.
To obtain the address for Node-1, in the `Node-1` directory, use the [`public-key export-address`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#public-key)
subcommand to write the node address to the specified file (`nodeAddress1` in this example)
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data public-key export-address --to=data/nodeAddress1
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data public-key export-address --to=data\nodeAddress1
```
### 3. Create Genesis File
The genesis file defines the genesis block of the blockchain (that is, the start of the blockchain).
The [Clique genesis file](../Consensus-Protocols/Clique.md#genesis-file) includes the address of Node-1 as the initial signer in the `extraData` field.
All nodes in a network must use the same genesis file.
Copy the following genesis definition to a file called `cliqueGenesis.json` and save it in the `Permissioned-Network` directory:
```json
{
"config":{
"chainId":1981,
"constantinoplefixblock": 0,
"clique":{
"blockperiodseconds":15,
"epochlength":30000
}
},
"coinbase":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"difficulty":"0x1",
"extraData":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000<Node 1 Address>0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"gasLimit":"0xa00000",
"mixHash":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"nonce":"0x0",
"timestamp":"0x5c51a607",
"alloc": {
"fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73": {
"privateKey": "8f2a55949038a9610f50fb23b5883af3b4ecb3c3bb792cbcefbd1542c692be63",
"comment": "private key and this comment are ignored. In a real chain, the private key should NOT be stored",
"balance": "0xad78ebc5ac6200000"
},
"627306090abaB3A6e1400e9345bC60c78a8BEf57": {
"privateKey": "c87509a1c067bbde78beb793e6fa76530b6382a4c0241e5e4a9ec0a0f44dc0d3",
"comment": "private key and this comment are ignored. In a real chain, the private key should NOT be stored",
"balance": "90000000000000000000000"
},
"f17f52151EbEF6C7334FAD080c5704D77216b732": {
"privateKey": "ae6ae8e5ccbfb04590405997ee2d52d2b330726137b875053c36d94e974d162f",
"comment": "private key and this comment are ignored. In a real chain, the private key should NOT be stored",
"balance": "90000000000000000000000"
}
},
"number":"0x0",
"gasUsed":"0x0",
"parentHash":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000"
}
```
In `extraData`, replace `<Node 1 Address>` with the [address for Node-1](#3-get-address-for-node-1) excluding the 0x prefix.
!!! example
```json
{
...
"extraData":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000b9b81ee349c3807e46bc71aa2632203c5b4620340000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
...
}
```
!!! warning
Do not use the accounts in the genesis file on MainNet or any public network except for testing.
The private keys are displayed which means the accounts are not secure.
### 4. Create Permissions Configuration File
The permissions configuration file defines the nodes and accounts whitelists.
Copy the following permissions configuration to a file called `permissions_config.toml` and save a copy in the `Node-1/data`,
`Node-2/data`, and `Node-3/data` directories:
!!! example "permissions_config.toml"
```toml
accounts-whitelist=["0xfe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73", "0x627306090abaB3A6e1400e9345bC60c78a8BEf57"]
nodes-whitelist=[]
```
The permissions configuration file includes the first two accounts from the genesis file.
Permissioned nodes are added using the JSON-RPC API after starting the nodes.
!!! note
Permissions are specified at the node level. The [`permissions_config.toml`](../Permissions/Local-Permissioning.md#permissions-configuration-file)
file must be saved in the data directory for each node.
On-chain permissioning is under development. On-chain permissioning will use one on-chain
nodes whitelist and accounts whitelist.
### 5. Start Node-1
Use the following command:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../cliqueGenesis.json --permissions-nodes-config-file-enabled --permissions-accounts-config-file-enabled --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ADMIN,ETH,NET,PERM,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="*"
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\cliqueGenesis.json --permissions-nodes-config-file-enabled --permissions-accounts-config-file-enabled --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ADMIN,ETH,NET,PERM,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="*"
```
The command line specifies:
* Nodes and accounts permissions are enabled using the [`--permissions-nodes-config-file-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-nodes-config-file-enabled)
and [`--permissions-accounts-config-file-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#permissions-accounts-config-file-enabled) options
* JSON-RPC API is enabled using the [`--rpc-http-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-enabled) option
* ADMIN,ETH,NET,PERM, and CLIQUE APIs are enabled using the [`--rpc-http-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-api) option
* All hosts can access the HTTP JSON-RPC API using the [`--host-whitelist`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#host-whitelist) option
* All domains can access the node using the HTTP JSON-RPC API using the [`--rpc-http-cors-origins`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-cors-origins) option.
When the node starts, the [enode URL](../Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md#enode-url) is displayed.
The enode URL is required specify Node-1 as a peer and update the permissions configuration file in
the following steps.
![Node 1 Enode URL](../images/EnodeStartup.png)
### 6. Start Node-2
Start another terminal, change to the `Node-2` directory and start Node-2:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../cliqueGenesis.json --permissions-nodes-config-file-enabled --permissions-accounts-config-file-enabled --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ADMIN,ETH,NET,PERM,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="*" --p2p-port=30304 --rpc-http-port=8546
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\cliqueGenesis.json --permissions-nodes-config-file-enabled --permissions-accounts-config-file-enabled --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ADMIN,ETH,NET,PERM,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="*" --p2p-port=30304 --rpc-http-port=8546
```
The command line specifies:
* Different port to Node-1 for P2P peer discovery using the [`--p2p-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port) option
* Different port to Node-1 for HTTP JSON-RPC using the [`--rpc-http-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-port) option
* Data directory for Node-2 using the [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) option
* Other options as for as for Node-1.
When the node starts, the [enode URL](../Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md#enode-url) is displayed.
The enode URL is required to update the permissions configuration file in the following steps.
### 7. Start Node-3
Start another terminal, change to the `Node-3` directory and start Node-3:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../cliqueGenesis.json --permissions-nodes-config-file-enabled --permissions-accounts-config-file-enabled --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ADMIN,ETH,NET,PERM,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="*" --p2p-port=30305 --rpc-http-port=8547
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\cliqueGenesis.json --permissions-nodes-config-file-enabled --permissions-accounts-config-file-enabled --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ADMIN,ETH,NET,PERM,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="*" --p2p-port=30305 --rpc-http-port=8547
```
The command line specifies:
* Different port to Node-1 and Node-2 for P2P peer discovery using the [`--p2p-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port) option
* Different port to Node-1 and Node-2 for HTTP JSON-RPC using the [`--rpc-http-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-port) option
* Data directory for Node-3 using the [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) option
* Other options as for as for Node-1.
When the node starts, the [enode URL](../Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md#enode-url) is displayed.
The enode URL is required to update the permissions configuration file in the following steps.
### 8. Add Enode URLs for Nodes to Permissions Configuration File
In another terminal, use the [`perm_addNodesToWhitelist`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#perm_addnodestowhitelist)
JSON-RPC API method to add the nodes to the permissions configuration file for each node.
Replace `<EnodeNode1>`, `<EnodeNode2>`, and `<EnodeNode3>` with the enode URL displayed when starting each node.
Node-1:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"perm_addNodesToWhitelist","params":[["<EnodeNode1>","<EnodeNode2>","<EnodeNode3>"]], "id":1}' http://127.0.0.1:8545
```
Node-2:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"perm_addNodesToWhitelist","params":[["<EnodeNode1>","<EnodeNode2>","<EnodeNode3>"]], "id":1}' http://127.0.0.1:8546
```
Node 3:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"perm_addNodesToWhitelist","params":[["<EnodeNode1>","<EnodeNode2>","<EnodeNode3>"]], "id":1}' http://127.0.0.1:8547
```
!!! tip
The cURL call is the same for each node except for the JSON-RPC endpoint.
### 9. Add Nodes as Peers
Use the [`admin_addPeer`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#admin_addpeer) JSON-RPC API method to add
Node-1 as a peer for Node-2 and Node-3.
Replace `<EnodeNode1>` with the enode URL displayed when starting Node-1.
Node 2:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"admin_addPeer","params":["<EnodeNode1>"],"id":1}' http://127.0.0.1:8546
```
Node 3:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"admin_addPeer","params":["<EnodeNode1>"],"id":1}' http://127.0.0.1:8547
```
!!! tip
The cURL call is the same for both nodes except for the JSON-RPC endpoint.
Replace `<EnodeNode2>` with the enode URL displayed when starting Node-2.
Node 3:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"admin_addPeer","params":["<EnodeNode2>"],"id":1}' http://127.0.0.1:8547
```
### 10. Confirm Permissioned Network is Working
#### Check Peer Count
Use cURL to call the JSON-RPC API [`net_peerCount`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#net_peercount) method and confirm the nodes are functioning as peers:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"net_peerCount","params":[],"id":1}' localhost:8545
```
The result confirms Node-1 (the node running the JSON-RPC service) has two peers (Node-2 and Node-3):
```json
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 1,
"result" : "0x2"
}
```
#### Send a Transaction from an Account in the Whitelist
Import the first account from the genesis file into MetaMask and send transactions as described in the [Private Network Quickstart Tutorial](Private-Network-Quickstart.md#creating-a-transaction-using-metamask):
!!! example "Account 1"
* Address: `0xfe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73`
* Private key : `0x8f2a55949038a9610f50fb23b5883af3b4ecb3c3bb792cbcefbd1542c692be63`
* Initial balance : `0xad78ebc5ac6200000` (200000000000000000000 in decimal)
!!! info
Pantheon does not implement [private key management](../Using-Pantheon/Account-Management.md).
### Try Sending a Transaction from an Account Not in the Accounts Whitelist
Import the last account from the genesis file into MetaMask and try to send a transactions as described in the [Private Network Quickstart Tutorial](Private-Network-Quickstart.md#creating-a-transaction-using-metamask):
!!! example "Account 3"
* Address: `0xf17f52151EbEF6C7334FAD080c5704D77216b732`
* Private key : `0xae6ae8e5ccbfb04590405997ee2d52d2b330726137b875053c36d94e974d162f`
* Initial balance : `0x90000000000000000000000` (2785365088392105618523029504 in decimal)
### Start a Node Not on the Nodes Whitelist
In your `Permissioned-Network` directory, create a `Node-4` directory and `data` directory inside it.
Change to the `Node-4` directory and start Node-4 specifying the Node-1 enode URL as the bootnode:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --bootnodes="<EnodeNode1>" --genesis-file=../cliqueGenesis.json --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ADMIN,ETH,NET,PERM,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="*" --p2p-port=30306 --rpc-http-port=8548
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --bootnodes="<EnodeNode1>" --genesis-file=..\cliqueGenesis.json --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ADMIN,ETH,NET,PERM,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="*" --p2p-port=30306 --rpc-http-port=8548
```
Start another terminal, use cURL to call the JSON-RPC API [`net_peerCount`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#net_peercount) method:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"net_peerCount","params":[],"id":1}' localhost:8548
```
The result confirms Node-4 has no peers even though it specifies Node-1 as a bootnode:
```json
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 1,
"result" : "0x0"
}
```
## Stop Nodes
When finished using the permissioned network, stop all nodes using ++ctrl+c++ in each terminal window.
!!!tip
To restart the permissioned network in the future, start from [5. Start Node-1](#5-start-node-1).

@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
# Creating a Private Network using Clique (Proof of Authority) Consensus Protocol
A private network provides a configurable network for testing. This private network uses the [Clique (Proof of Authority)
consensus protocol](../Consensus-Protocols/Clique.md).
!!!important
An Ethereum private network created as described here is isolated but not protected or secure.
We recommend running the private network behind a properly configured firewall.
## Prerequisites
[Pantheon](../Installation/Install-Binaries.md)
[Curl (or similar web service client)](https://curl.haxx.se/download.html)
## Steps
The steps to create a private network using Clique are displayed on the right.
### 1. Create Folders
Each node requires a data directory for the blockchain data. When the node is started, the [node key](../Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md) is saved in this directory.
Create directories for your private network, each of the three nodes, and a data directory for each node:
```bash
Clique-Network/
├── Node-1
   ├── data
├── Node-2
   ├── data
└── Node-3
├── data
```
### 2. Get Address for Node-1
In Clique networks, the address of at least one initial signer must be included in the genesis file.
For this Clique network, we will use Node-1 as the initial signer. This requires obtaining the address for Node-1.
To obtain the address for Node-1, in the `Node-1` directory, use the [`public-key export-address`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#export-address)
subcommand to write the node address to the specified file (`node1Address` in this example)
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data public-key export-address --to=data/node1Address
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data public-key export-address --to=data\node1Address
```
### 3. Create Genesis File
The genesis file defines the genesis block of the blockchain (that is, the start of the blockchain).
The [Clique genesis file](../Consensus-Protocols/Clique.md#genesis-file) includes the address of Node-1 as the initial signer in the `extraData` field.
All nodes in a network must use the same genesis file.
Copy the following genesis definition to a file called `cliqueGenesis.json` and save it in the `Clique-Network` directory:
```json
{
"config":{
"chainId":1981,
"constantinoplefixblock": 0,
"clique":{
"blockperiodseconds":15,
"epochlength":30000
}
},
"coinbase":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"difficulty":"0x1",
"extraData":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000<Node 1 Address>0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"gasLimit":"0xa00000",
"mixHash":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"nonce":"0x0",
"timestamp":"0x5c51a607",
"alloc": {
"fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73": {
"privateKey": "8f2a55949038a9610f50fb23b5883af3b4ecb3c3bb792cbcefbd1542c692be63",
"comment": "private key and this comment are ignored. In a real chain, the private key should NOT be stored",
"balance": "0xad78ebc5ac6200000"
},
"627306090abaB3A6e1400e9345bC60c78a8BEf57": {
"privateKey": "c87509a1c067bbde78beb793e6fa76530b6382a4c0241e5e4a9ec0a0f44dc0d3",
"comment": "private key and this comment are ignored. In a real chain, the private key should NOT be stored",
"balance": "90000000000000000000000"
},
"f17f52151EbEF6C7334FAD080c5704D77216b732": {
"privateKey": "ae6ae8e5ccbfb04590405997ee2d52d2b330726137b875053c36d94e974d162f",
"comment": "private key and this comment are ignored. In a real chain, the private key should NOT be stored",
"balance": "90000000000000000000000"
}
},
"number":"0x0",
"gasUsed":"0x0",
"parentHash":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000"
}
```
In `extraData`, replace `<Node 1 Address>` with the [address for Node-1](#2-get-address-for-node-1) excluding the 0x prefix.
!!! example
```json
{
...
"extraData":"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000b9b81ee349c3807e46bc71aa2632203c5b4620340000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
...
}
```
!!! warning
Do not use the accounts in `alloc` in the genesis file on mainnet or any public network except for testing.
The private keys are displayed which means the accounts are not secure.
### 4. Start First Node as Bootnode
Start Node-1:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../cliqueGenesis.json --bootnodes --network-id 123 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all"
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\cliqueGenesis.json --bootnodes --network-id 123 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all"
```
The command line specifies:
* No arguments for the [`--bootnodes`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#bootnodes) option because this is your bootnode
* JSON-RPC API is enabled using the [`--rpc-http-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-enabled) option
* ETH,NET, and CLIQUE APIs are enabled using the [`--rpc-http-api`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-api) option
* All hosts can access the HTTP JSON-RPC API using the [`--host-whitelist`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#host-whitelist) option
* All domains can access the node using the HTTP JSON-RPC API using the [`--rpc-http-cors-origins`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-cors-origins) option
When the node starts, the [enode URL](../Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md#enode-url) is displayed.
Copy the enode URL to specify Node-1 as the bootnode in the following steps.
![Node 1 Enode URL](../images/EnodeStartup.png)
### 5. Start Node-2
Start another terminal, change to the `Node-2` directory and start Node-2 specifying the Node-1 enode URL copied when starting Node-1 as the bootnode:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../cliqueGenesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --network-id 123 --p2p-port=30304 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8546
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\cliqueGenesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --network-id 123 --p2p-port=30304 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8546
```
The command line specifies:
* Different port to Node-1 for P2P peer discovery using the [`--p2p-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port) option.
* Different port to Node-1 for HTTP JSON-RPC using the [`--rpc-http-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-port) option.
* Enode URL for Node-1 using the [`--bootnodes`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#bootnodes) option.
* Data directory for Node-2 using the [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) option.
* Other options as for [Node-1](#5-start-first-node-as-bootnode).
### 6. Start Node-3
Start another terminal, change to the `Node-3` directory and start Node-3 specifying the Node-1 enode URL copied when starting Node-1 as the bootnode:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../cliqueGenesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --network-id 123 --p2p-port=30305 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8547
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\cliqueGenesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --network-id 123 --p2p-port=30305 --rpc-http-enabled --rpc-http-api=ETH,NET,CLIQUE --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all" --rpc-http-port=8547
```
The command line specifies:
* Different port to Node-1 and Node-2 for P2P peer discovery using the [`--p2p-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port) option.
* Different port to Node-1 and Node-2 for HTTP JSON-RPC using the [`--rpc-http-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-port) option.
* Data directory for Node-3 using the [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) option.
* Bootnode as for [Node-2](#6-start-node-2).
* Other options as for [Node-1](#5-start-first-node-as-bootnode).
### 7. Confirm Private Network is Working
Start another terminal, use curl to call the JSON-RPC API [`net_peerCount`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#net_peercount) method and confirm the nodes are functioning as peers:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"net_peerCount","params":[],"id":1}' localhost:8545
```
The result confirms Node-1 has two peers (Node-2 and Node-3):
```json
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 1,
"result" : "0x2"
}
```
## Next Steps
Look at the logs displayed to confirm Node-1 is producing blocks and Node-2 and Node-3 are importing blocks.
Use the [Clique API to add](../Consensus-Protocols/Clique.md#adding-and-removing-signers) Node-2 or Node-3 as a signer.
!!! note
To add Node-2 or Node-3 as a signer you need the [node address as when specifying Node-1](#2-get-address-for-node-1) as the initial signer.
Import accounts to MetaMask and send transactions as described in the [Private Network Quickstart Tutorial](Private-Network-Quickstart.md#creating-a-transaction-using-metamask)
!!! info
Pantheon does not implement [private key management](../Using-Pantheon/Account-Management.md).
## Stop Nodes
When finished using the private network, stop all nodes using ++ctrl+c++ in each terminal window.
!!!tip
To restart the Clique network in the future, start from [4. Start First Node as Bootnode](#4-start-first-node-as-bootnode).

@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
# Creating a Private Network using Ethash (Proof of Work) Consensus Protocol
A private network provides a configurable network for testing. By configuring a low difficulty and enabling
mining, blocks are created quickly.
You can test multi-block and multi-user scenarios on a private network before moving to one of the public testnets.
!!!important
An Ethereum private network created as described here is isolated but not protected or secure.
We recommend running the private network behind a properly configured firewall.
## Prerequisites
[Pantheon](../Installation/Install-Binaries.md)
[Curl (or similar web service client)](https://curl.haxx.se/download.html)
## Steps
The steps to create a private network using Ethash are displayed on the right.
### 1. Create Folders
Each node requires a data directory for the blockchain data. When the node is started, the node key is saved in this directory.
Create directories for your private network, each of the three nodes, and a data directory for each node:
```bash
Private-Network/
├── Node-1
   ├── data
├── Node-2
   ├── data
└── Node-3
├── data
```
### 2. Create Genesis File
The genesis file defines the genesis block of the blockchain (that is, the start of the blockchain).
The genesis file includes entries for configuring the blockchain such as the mining difficulty and initial
accounts and balances.
All nodes in a network must use the same genesis file. The [network ID](../Configuring-Pantheon/NetworkID-And-ChainID.md)
defaults to the `chainID` in the genesis file. The `fixeddifficulty` enables blocks to be mined quickly.
Copy the following genesis definition to a file called `privateNetworkGenesis.json` and save it in the `Private-Network` directory:
```json
{
"config": {
"constantinoplefixblock": 0,
"ethash": {
"fixeddifficulty": 1000
},
"chainID": 1981
},
"nonce": "0x42",
"gasLimit": "0x1000000",
"difficulty": "0x10000",
"alloc": {
"fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73": {
"privateKey": "8f2a55949038a9610f50fb23b5883af3b4ecb3c3bb792cbcefbd1542c692be63",
"comment": "private key and this comment are ignored. In a real chain, the private key should NOT be stored",
"balance": "0xad78ebc5ac6200000"
},
"f17f52151EbEF6C7334FAD080c5704D77216b732": {
"privateKey": "ae6ae8e5ccbfb04590405997ee2d52d2b330726137b875053c36d94e974d162f",
"comment": "private key and this comment are ignored. In a real chain, the private key should NOT be stored",
"balance": "90000000000000000000000"
}
}
}
```
!!! warning
Do not use the accounts in the genesis file above on mainnet or any public network except for testing.
The private keys are displayed so the accounts are not secure.
### 3. Start First Node as Bootnode
Start Node-1:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../privateNetworkGenesis.json --bootnodes --miner-enabled --miner-coinbase fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73 --rpc-http-enabled --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all"
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\privateNetworkGenesis.json --bootnodes --miner-enabled --miner-coinbase fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73 --rpc-http-enabled --host-whitelist="*" --rpc-http-cors-origins="all"
```
The command line specifies:
* No arguments for the [`--bootnodes`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#bootnodes) option because this is your bootnode.
* Mining is enabled and the account to which mining rewards are paid using the [`--miner-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#miner-enabled)
and [`--miner-coinbase`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#miner-coinbase) options.
* JSON-RPC API is enabled using the [`--rpc-http-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-enabled) option.
* All hosts can access the HTTP JSON-RPC API using the [`--host-whitelist`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#host-whitelist) option.
* All domains can access the node using the HTTP JSON-RPC API using the [`--rpc-http-cors-origins`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-http-cors-origins) option.
!!! info
The miner coinbase account is one of the accounts defined in the genesis file.
When the node starts, the [enode URL](../Configuring-Pantheon/Node-Keys.md#enode-url) is displayed.
Copy the enode URL to specify Node-1 as the bootnode in the following steps.
![Node 1 Enode URL](../images/EnodeStartup.png)
### 4. Start Node-2
Start another terminal, change to the `Node-2` directory and start Node-2 specifying the Node-1 enode URL copied when starting Node-1 as the bootnode:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../privateNetworkGenesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30304
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\privateNetworkGenesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30304
```
The command line specifies:
* Different port to Node-1 for P2P peer discovery using the [`--p2p-port`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#p2p-port) option.
* Enode URL for Node-1 using the [`--bootnodes`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#bootnodes) option.
* Data directory for Node-2 using the [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) option.
* Genesis file as for Node-1.
### 5. Start Node-3
Start another terminal, change to the `Node-3` directory and start Node-3 specifying the Node-1 enode URL copied when starting Node-1 as the bootnode:
```bash tab="MacOS"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=../privateNetworkGenesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30305
```
```bash tab="Windows"
pantheon --data-path=data --genesis-file=..\privateNetworkGenesis.json --bootnodes=<Node-1 Enode URL> --p2p-port=30305
```
The command line specifies:
* Different port to Node-1 and Node-2 for P2P peer discovery.
* Data directory for Node-3 using the [`--data-path`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#data-path) option.
* Bootnode and genesis file as for Node-2.
### 6. Confirm Private Network is Working
Start another terminal, use curl to call the JSON-RPC API [`net_peerCount`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#net_peercount) method and confirm the nodes are functioning as peers:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"net_peerCount","params":[],"id":1}' localhost:8545
```
The result confirms Node-1 (the node running the JSON-RPC service) has two peers (Node-2 and Node-3):
```json
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 1,
"result" : "0x2"
}
```
## Next Steps
Import accounts to MetaMask and send transactions as described in the [Private Network Quickstart Tutorial](Private-Network-Quickstart.md#creating-a-transaction-using-metamask)
!!! info
Pantheon does not implement [private key management](../Using-Pantheon/Account-Management.md).
Send transactions using `eth_sendRawTransaction` to [send ether or, deploy or invoke contracts](../Using-Pantheon/Transactions/Transactions.md).
Use the [JSON-RPC API](../Pantheon-API/Using-JSON-RPC-API.md).
Start a node with the [`--rpc-ws-enabled`](../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#rpc-ws-enabled) option and use the [RPC Pub/Sub API](../Pantheon-API/RPC-PubSub.md).
## Stop Nodes
When finished using the private network, stop all nodes using ++ctrl+c++ in each terminal window.
!!!tip
To restart the private network in the future, start from [3. Start First Node as Bootnode](#3-start-first-node-as-bootnode).

@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon private network with privacy enabled quickstart tutorial
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Private Network with Privacy Enabled Quickstart Tutorial
The Private Network with Privacy Enabled Quickstart runs a private network of Pantheon and Orion nodes managed by Docker Compose.
It is an expanded version of the [Private Network Quickstart](Private-Network-Quickstart.md).
You can use the [Block Explorer](../Tutorials/Private-Network-Quickstart.md#block-explorer),
make [JSON-RPC requests](../Tutorials/Private-Network-Quickstart.md#run-json-rpc-requests), and
create [transactions using Metamask](../Tutorials/Private-Network-Quickstart.md#creating-a-transaction-using-metamask)
as described in the [Private Network Quickstart tutorial](Private-Network-Quickstart.md).
This tutorial describes how to use the examples provided in the EEAJS library to [create and send private transactions](#send-private-transactions-and-read-values).
!!! important
The quickstart runs a private network suitable for education or demonstration purposes.
The quickstart is not intended for running production networks.
## Prerequisites
To run this tutorial, you must have the following installed:
- MacOS or Linux
!!! important
The Private Network Quickstart is not supported on Windows. If using Windows, run the quickstart
inside a Linux VM such as Ubuntu.
- [Docker and Docker-compose](https://docs.docker.com/compose/install/)
- [Nodejs](https://nodejs.org/en/download/)
- [Git command line](https://git-scm.com/)
- [Curl command line](https://curl.haxx.se/download.html)
## Clone Pantheon Quickstart Source Code
Clone the repository from the `pantheon-quickstart` repository where `<version>` is replaced with the latest version (`{{ versions.quickstart }}`).
```bash tab="Command"
git clone --branch <version> https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon-quickstart.git
```
```bash tab="Example"
git clone --branch {{ versions.quickstart }} https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon-quickstart.git
```
## Clone EEAJS Libraries
Clone the `PegaSysEng/eeajs` library:
```bash
git clone https://github.com/PegaSysEng/eeajs.git
```
In the `eeajs` directory:
```bash
npm install
```
## Start the Private Network with Privacy Enabled
In the `pantheon-quickstart/privacy` directory, start the network:
```bash
./run.sh
```
The Docker images are pulled and network started. Pulling the images takes a few minutes the first time.
The network details are displayed.
```bash
Name Command State Ports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
privacy_bootnode_1 /opt/pantheon/bootnode_sta ... Up 30303/tcp, 8545/tcp, 8546/tcp
privacy_explorer_1 nginx -g daemon off; Up 0.0.0.0:32771->80/tcp
privacy_minernode_1 /opt/pantheon/node_start.s ... Up 30303/tcp, 8545/tcp, 8546/tcp
privacy_node1_1 /opt/pantheon/node_start.s ... Up 30303/tcp, 0.0.0.0:20000->8545/tcp, 0.0.0.0:20001->8546/tcp
privacy_node2_1 /opt/pantheon/node_start.s ... Up 30303/tcp, 0.0.0.0:20002->8545/tcp, 0.0.0.0:20003->8546/tcp
privacy_node3_1 /opt/pantheon/node_start.s ... Up 30303/tcp, 0.0.0.0:20004->8545/tcp, 0.0.0.0:20005->8546/tcp
privacy_orion1_1 /orion/bin/orion data/data ... Up
privacy_orion2_1 /orion/bin/orion data/data ... Up
privacy_orion3_1 /orion/bin/orion data/data ... Up
privacy_rpcnode_1 /opt/pantheon/node_start.s ... Up 30303/tcp, 8545/tcp, 8546/tcp
****************************************************************
JSON-RPC HTTP service endpoint : http://localhost:32771/jsonrpc *
JSON-RPC WebSocket service endpoint : ws://localhost:32771/jsonws *
Web block explorer address : http://localhost:32771 *
****************************************************************
```
## Send Private Transactions and Read Values
The Event Emitter script deploys a contract with a privacy group of Node1 and Node2. That is, the other nodes
cannot access the contract. After deploying the contract, Event Emitter stores a value.
In the `eeajs` directory, run `eventEmitter.js`:
```bash
node example/eventEmitter.js
```
!!! tip
The network takes a minute or so to get started. If you get a ` Error: socket hang up` error, the network
isn't fully setup. Wait and then run the command again.
The Event Emitter logs are displayed.
```bash
Transaction Hash 0xe0776de9a9d4e30be0025c1308eed8bc45502cba9fe22c504a56e2fd95343e6f
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Private Transaction Receipt
{ contractAddress: '0x2f351161a80d74047316899342eedc606b13f9f8',
from: '0xfe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73',
to: null,
output:
'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',
logs: [] }
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Transaction Hash: 0xbf14d332fa4c8f50d90cb02d47e0f825b8b2ef987c975306f76a598f181f4698
Event Emited: 0x000000000000000000000000fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd7300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003e8
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Get Value: 0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003e8
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Transaction Hash: 0x5b538c5690e3ead6e6f811ad23c853bc63b3bca91635b3b611e51d2797b5f073
Event Emited: 0x000000000000000000000000fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002a
Waiting for transaction to be mined ...
Get Value: 0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002a
```
Call [`eth_getTransactionReceipt`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactionreceipt) where:
* `<TransactionHash>` is the transaction hash displayed in the Event Emitter logs.
* `<JSON-RPC Endpoint>` is the JSON-RPC HTTP service endpoint displayed when starting the network.
```bash tab="curl HTTP request"
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"eth_getTransactionReceipt","params":["<TransactionHash>"],"id":1}' <JSON-RPC Endpoint>
```
```bash tab="Example"
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"eth_getTransactionReceipt","params":["0xe0776de9a9d4e30be0025c1308eed8bc45502cba9fe22c504a56e2fd95343e6f"],"id":1}' http://localhost:32771/jsonrpc
```
The transaction receipt for the [privacy marker transaction](../Privacy/Explanation/Private-Transaction-Processing.md) is displayed with a `contractAddress` of `null`.
```json
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 1,
"result" : {
"blockHash" : "0xfacdc805f274553fcb2a12d3ef524f465c25e58626c27101c3e6f677297cdae9",
"blockNumber" : "0xa",
"contractAddress" : null,
"cumulativeGasUsed" : "0x5db8",
"from" : "0xfe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73",
"gasUsed" : "0x5db8",
"logs" : [ ],
"logsBloom" : "0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"status" : "0x1",
"to" : "0x000000000000000000000000000000000000007e",
"transactionHash" : "0xe0776de9a9d4e30be0025c1308eed8bc45502cba9fe22c504a56e2fd95343e6f",
"transactionIndex" : "0x0"
}
}
```
## Stop Network
Do one of the following to stop the network:
* Stop the network:
```bash
./stop.sh
```
* Stop the network and remove the containers and volumes:
```bash
./remove.sh
```
* Stop the network and delete the Docker images:
```bash
./delete.sh
```

@ -1,457 +0,0 @@
description: Pantheon private network quickstart tutorial
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Private Network Quickstart Tutorial
The Private Network Quickstart uses the Pantheon Docker image to run a private network of Pantheon nodes managed by Docker Compose.
!!! important
The Private Network Quickstart runs a private network suitable for education or demonstration purposes.
The Private Network Quickstart is not intended for running production networks.
## Prerequisites
To run this tutorial, you must have the following installed:
- MacOS or Linux
!!! important
The Private Network Quickstart is not supported on Windows. If using Windows, run the quickstart
inside a Linux VM such as Ubuntu.
- [Docker and Docker-compose](https://docs.docker.com/compose/install/)
- [Git command line](https://git-scm.com/)
- [Curl command line](https://curl.haxx.se/download.html)
- A web browser that supports [Metamask](https://metamask.io/) (currently Chrome, Firefox, Opera, and Brave), and has
the MetaMask plug-in installed. This tutorial uses screenshots from Brave.
## Clone Pantheon Quickstart Source Code
Clone the repository from the `pantheon-quickstart` with the version matching Pantheon version, currently `{{ versions.quickstart }}`:
```bash tab="Linux/MacOS"
git clone --branch {{ versions.quickstart }} https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon-quickstart.git
```
## Build Docker Images and Start Services and Network
This tutorial uses [Docker Compose](https://docs.docker.com/compose/) to assemble the images and
run the private network. To build the docker images and run the containers, go to the `pantheon-quickstart` directory and run:
```bash tab="Linux/MacOS"
./run.sh
```
The `run.sh` script builds the images, and runs the containers. It also scales the regular node
container to four containers to simulate a network with enough peers to synchronize.
When the process ends, it lists the running services:
!!! example "Docker-compose services list example"
```log
*************************************
Pantheon Quickstart {{ versions.quickstart }}
*************************************
List endpoints and services
----------------------------------
Name Command State Ports
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pantheon-quickstart_bootnode_1 /opt/pantheon/bootnode_sta ... Up 30303/tcp, 8545/tcp, 8546/tcp
pantheon-quickstart_explorer_1 nginx -g daemon off; Up 0.0.0.0:32768->80/tcp
pantheon-quickstart_grafana_1 /run.sh Up 3000/tcp
pantheon-quickstart_minernode_1 /opt/pantheon/node_start.s ... Up 30303/tcp, 8545/tcp, 8546/tcp
pantheon-quickstart_node_1 /opt/pantheon/node_start.s ... Up 30303/tcp, 8545/tcp, 8546/tcp
pantheon-quickstart_node_2 /opt/pantheon/node_start.s ... Up 30303/tcp, 8545/tcp, 8546/tcp
pantheon-quickstart_node_3 /opt/pantheon/node_start.s ... Up 30303/tcp, 8545/tcp, 8546/tcp
pantheon-quickstart_node_4 /opt/pantheon/node_start.s ... Up 30303/tcp, 8545/tcp, 8546/tcp
pantheon-quickstart_prometheus_1 /bin/prometheus --config.f ... Up 9090/tcp
pantheon-quickstart_rpcnode_1 /opt/pantheon/node_start.s ... Up 30303/tcp, 8545/tcp, 8546/tcp
```
Followed by a list of the endpoints:
!!! example "Endpoint list example"
```log
****************************************************************
JSON-RPC HTTP service endpoint : http://localhost:32768/jsonrpc
JSON-RPC WebSocket service endpoint : ws://localhost:32768/jsonws
GraphQL HTTP service endpoint : http://localhost:32768/graphql
Web block explorer address : http://localhost:32768
Prometheus address : http://localhost:32768/prometheus/graph
Grafana address : http://localhost:32768/grafana-dashboard
****************************************************************
```
- Use the **JSON-RPC HTTP service endpoint** to access the RPC node service from your Dapp or from cryptocurrency
wallets such as Metamask.
- Use the **JSON-RPC WebSocket service endpoint** to access the web socket node service from your Dapp.
- Use the **GraphQL HTTP service endpoint** to access the [HTTP GraphQL](../Pantheon-API/GraphQL.md) node service from your Dapp.
- Use the **Web block explorer address** to display the block explorer web application. View the block explorer by
entering the URL in your web browser.
- Use the **Prometheus address** to access the [Prometheus dashboard](../Monitoring/Monitoring-Performance.md).
- Use the **Grafana address** to access the [Grafana dashboard](https://grafana.com/dashboards/10273).
To display the list of endpoints again, run:
```bash tab="Linux/MacOS"
./list.sh
```
## Block Explorer
This tutorial uses the [Alethio Ethereum Lite Explorer](https://lite-explorer.aleth.io/).
### Run the Block Explorer
Access the explorer by copying and pasting the `Web block explorer address` displayed when starting the private network
to your browser.
The block explorer displays a summary of the private network:
![Block Explorer](../Getting-Started/ExplorerSummary.png)
Notice that the explorer indicates 6 peers: the 4 regular nodes, the mining node and the bootnode.
Click the block number to the right of **Best Block** to display the block details:
![Block Details](../Getting-Started/ExplorerBlockDetails.png)
You can explore blocks by clicking on the blocks under **Bk** on the left-hand side.
You can search for a specific block, transaction hash, or address by clicking the magnifying glass in the top left-hand corner.
![Explorer Search](../Getting-Started/ExplorerSearch.png)
## Monitoring nodes with Prometheus and Grafana
The quickstart also includes Prometheus and Grafana monitoring tools to let you visualise the nodes
health and usage. You can directly access these tools from your browser at the addresses displayed
in the endpoint list.
For more details on how to configure and use these tools for your own nodes, refer to our
[performances monitoring documentation](../Monitoring/Monitoring-Performance.md),
as well as [Prometheus documentation](https://prometheus.io/docs/introduction/overview/)
and [Grafana documentation](https://grafana.com/docs/).
![Grafana](grafana.png)
## Run JSON-RPC Requests
You can run RPC requests on `rpcnode`, the node exposed to the host in order to listen for requests. This tutorial uses
[cURL](https://curl.haxx.se/download.html) to make JSON-RPC requests.
For the RPC URL, this tutorial uses the placeholder `<http-rpc-endpoint>`. When you run the tutorial,
replace this placeholder with the JSON-RPC HTTP service endpoint provided when you list the endpoints. (For example,
`http://localhost:32770/jsonrpc`.) The dynamic docker port mapping changes each time you run the network.
### Requesting the Node Version
Run the following command from the host shell:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"web3_clientVersion","params":[],"id":1}' <http-rpc-endpoint>
```
The result specifies the client version:
```json
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 1,
"result" : "pantheon/{{ versions.pantheon_stable }}"
}
```
Here we simply query the version of the Pantheon node, which confirms the node is running.
Successfully calling this method shows that you can connect to the nodes via RPC. From here, you can walk through more
interesting requests demonstrated in the rest of this section, or skip ahead to
[Creating a Transaction Using MetaMask](#creating-a-transaction-using-metamask).
### Counting Peers
Peers are the number of other nodes connected to the RPC node.
Poll the peer count using `net_peerCount`:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"net_peerCount","params":[],"id":1}' <http-rpc-endpoint>
```
The result indicates that there are 6 peers:
```json
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 1,
"result" : "0x6"
}
```
### Requesting the Most Recently Mined Block Number
Call `eth_blockNumber` to retrieve the number of the most recent block:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"eth_blockNumber","params":[],"id":1}' <http-rpc-endpoint>
```
The result provides the most recently mined block:
```json
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 1,
"result" : "0x8b8"
}
```
The hexadecimal value `0x8b8` translates to `2232` in decimal, the number of blocks that have been mined so far.
### Checking the Miner Account Balance
Call `eth_getBalance` to retrieve the balance of the mining address (coinbase) defined in the miner node:
```bash
curl -X POST --data '{"jsonrpc":"2.0","method":"eth_getBalance","params":["0xfe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73","latest"],"id":1}' <http-rpc-endpoint>
```
The result specifies the miner account balance:
```json
{
"jsonrpc" : "2.0",
"id" : 1,
"result" : "0x79f905c6fd34e80000"
}
```
!!!info
0x79f905c6fd34e80000 = 2250000000000000000000 Wei (2250 Ether).
!!!tip
Use a [unit converter](https://etherconverter.online/) to easily translate values from Wei to Ether.
Wait several seconds until new blocks are mined and call `eth_getBalance` again. The balance increases, meaning the miner
address successfully received the mining reward.
You can also view this information in the block explorer. It does exactly the same thing as this call, connecting
to the RPC node using HTTP JSON-RPC, and displaying information on a web page.
## Creating a Transaction Using MetaMask
Now let's use [MetaMask](https://metamask.io/) to send transactions.
Before sending transactions, you need to create an account or use one of the accounts below created during the genesis
of this private test network.
{!global/test_accounts.md!}
!!!note
Pantheon doesn't implement [account management](../Using-Pantheon/Account-Management.md). To create your own account,
you have to use a third-party tool such as MetaMask.
After you sign in to MetaMask, connect to the private network RPC endpoint:
1. In the MetaMask network list, select **Custom RPC**.
1. In the **New RPC URL** field, enter the JSON-RPC HTTP service endpoint displayed when you started the private network.
Save the configuration and return to the MetaMask main screen. Your current network is now set to the private network RPC node.
[Import one of the existing accounts above into MetaMask](https://metamask.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360015489331-Importing-an-Account-New-UI-)
using the corresponding private key.
!!!note
In this tutorial, we don't need to secure the keys, because we're using a private test network to send valueless
Ether. However, be sure to secure your accounts in a real use case on the main Ethereum network (MainNet).
Once this is done, [create another account from scratch](https://metamask.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360015289452-Creating-Additional-MetaMask-Wallets-New-UI-)
to send Ether to.
In MetaMask, select the new account and copy the account address by clicking the **...** gadget and selecting
**Copy Address to clipboard**.
In the block explorer, search for the new account by clicking on the magnifying glass and pasting the account address
into the search box. The account is displayed with a zero balance.
[Send Ether](https://metamask.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360015488991-Sending-Ether-New-UI-) from the first account
(containing ether) to the new one (which has a zero balance).
Refresh the browser page that displays the new account. The updated balance is displayed and reflects the transaction
completed using MetaMask.
## Truffle Pet Shop Tutorial
With a few modifications, we can use the private network in this tutorial as the blockchain for the
[PetShop tutorial on Truffle website](https://truffleframework.com/tutorials/pet-shop).
#### Prerequisites
* [Node.js v6+ LTS and npm](https://nodejs.org/en/) (comes with Node)
#### Install Truffle and Unpack Truffle Box
Install Truffle :
```bash
npm install -g truffle
```
!!! note
`npm` requires `sudo` on Linux.
Create a `pet-shop-tutorial` directory and move into it:
```bash
mkdir pet-shop-tutorial
cd pet-shop-tutorial
```
Unpack Pet Shop [Truffle box](https://truffleframework.com/boxes):
`truffle unbox pet-shop`
Install the [Truffle wallet](https://github.com/trufflesuite/truffle-hdwallet-provider):
Note with Truffle 5, you must use a Web3 1.0 enabled wallet or the Truffle tasks will hang.
```bash
npm install --save truffle-hdwallet-provider@web3-one
```
!!!note
`npm` requires `sudo` on Linux.
#### Modify the Pet Shop Example
Modify the `truffle-config.js` file in the `pet-shop-tutorial` directory to add our wallet provider. The following shows the
code with placeholders to change as directed below:
```javascript
const PrivateKeyProvider = require("truffle-hdwallet-provider");
const privateKey = "8f2a55949038a9610f50fb23b5883af3b4ecb3c3bb792cbcefbd1542c692be63";
const privateKeyProvider = new PrivateKeyProvider(privateKey, "<YOUR HTTP RPC NODE ENDPOINT>");
module.exports = {
// See <http://truffleframework.com/docs/advanced/configuration>
// for more about customizing your Truffle configuration!
networks: {
development: {
host: "127.0.0.1",
port: 7545,
network_id: "*" // Match any network id
},
quickstartWallet: {
provider: privateKeyProvider,
network_id: "*"
},
}
};
```
Replace `<YOUR HTTP RPC NODE ENDPOINT>` with your HTTP RPC node endpoint (for example, `http://localhost:32770/jsonrpc`).
The private key is the miner address, which contains Ether.
Once this is done, follow the [Truffle tutorial steps](https://truffleframework.com/tutorials/pet-shop#directory-structure)
up to Step 3 in the [Migration section](https://truffleframework.com/tutorials/pet-shop#migration).
We're using the private network instead of [Ganache](https://truffleframework.com/ganache), so skip steps 3, 4, and 5 in
the [Migration section](https://truffleframework.com/tutorials/pet-shop#migration).
In step 4, specify the private network:
```bash
truffle migrate --network quickstartWallet
```
Output similar to the following is displayed (your addresses will differ):
```log
Using network 'quickstartWallet'.
Running migration: 1_initial_migration.js
Deploying Migrations...
... 0xfc1dbc1eaa14fa283c2c4415364579da0d195b3f2f2fefd7e0edb600a6235bdb
Migrations: 0x9a3dbca554e9f6b9257aaa24010da8377c57c17e
Saving successful migration to network...
... 0x77cc6e9966b886fb74268f118b3ff44cf973d32b616ed4f050b3eabf0a31a30e
Saving artifacts...
Running migration: 2_deploy_contracts.js
Deploying Adoption...
... 0x5035fe3ea7dab1d81482acc1259450b8bf8fefecfbe1749212aca86dc765660a
Adoption: 0x2e1f232a9439c3d459fceca0beef13acc8259dd8
Saving successful migration to network...
... 0xa7b5a36e0ebc9c25445ce29ff1339a19082d0dda516e5b72c06ee6b99a901ec0
Saving artifacts...
```
Search for the deployed contracts and transactions in the block explorer using the addresses displayed in your output.
Continue with the Truffle tutorial steps in the [Testing the smart contract](https://truffleframework.com/tutorials/pet-shop#testing-the-smart-contract) section.
To run the tests in the [Running the tests](https://truffleframework.com/tutorials/pet-shop#running-the-tests) section,
specify the private network:
```bash
truffle test --network quickstartWallet
```
Output similar to the following is displayed:
```log
Using network 'quickstartWallet'.
Compiling ./contracts/Adoption.sol...
Compiling ./test/TestAdoption.sol...
Compiling truffle/Assert.sol...
Compiling truffle/DeployedAddresses.sol...
TestAdoption
✓ testUserCanAdoptPet (2071ms)
✓ testGetAdopterAddressByPetId (6070ms)
✓ testGetAdopterAddressByPetIdInArray (6077ms)
3 passing (37s)
```
Continue with the Truffle tutorial steps in the [Creating a user interface to interact with the smart contract](https://truffleframework.com/tutorials/pet-shop#creating-a-user-interface-to-interact-with-the-smart-contract) section.
We've already connected the private network to MetaMask, so you can skip the [Installing and configuring MetaMask](https://truffleframework.com/tutorials/pet-shop#installing-and-configuring-metamask) section.
Continue with the regular tutorial steps from the [Installing and configuring lite-server](https://truffleframework.com/tutorials/pet-shop#installing-and-configuring-lite-server)
section and finish the tutorial.
When you adopt pets in the browser and approve the transaction in MetaMask, you'll be able to see the transactions in the block explorer.
## Stop / Restart Private Network without Removing Containers
To shut down the private network without deleting the containers:
```bash tab="Linux/MacOS"
./stop.sh
```
This command stops the containers related to the services specified in the `docker-compose.yml` file.
To restart the private network:
```bash tab="Linux/MacOS"
./resume.sh
```
## Stop Private Network and Remove Containers
To shut down the private network and delete all containers and images created during the quickstart:
```bash tab="Linux/MacOS"
./remove.sh
```

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 868 KiB

@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
# Accessing Logs Using Pantheon API
Access logs using Pantheon API methods:
* [`eth_getFilterChanges`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getfilterchanges)
* [`eth_getFilterLogs`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getfilterlogs)
* [`eth_getLogs`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getlogs)
Use [`eth_newFilter`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_newfilter) to create the filter before
using [`eth_getFilterChanges`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getfilterchanges) and [`eth_getFilterLogs`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getfilterlogs)).
!!! note
The following examples are created using the sample contract included in [Events and Logs](Events-and-Logs.md).
## Creating a Filter
Create a filter using [`eth_newFilter`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_newfilter).
!!! example
If the [example contract](Events-and-Logs.md#example) was deployed to 0x42699a7612a82f1d9c36148af9c77354759b210b, the
following request for `eth_newFilter` creates a filter to log when `valueIndexed` is set to 5:
```json
{
"jsonrpc":"2.0",
"method":"eth_newFilter",
"params":[
{
"fromBlock":"earliest",
"toBlock":"latest",
"address":"0x42699a7612a82f1d9c36148af9c77354759b210b",
"topics":[
["0xd3610b1c54575b7f4f0dc03d210b8ac55624ae007679b7a928a4f25a709331a8"],
["0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000005"]
]
}
],
"id":1
}
```
[`eth_newFilter`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_newfilter) returns a filter ID hash (for example, `0x1ddf0c00989044e9b41cc0ae40272df3`).
### Polling Filter for Changes
To poll the filter for changes that have occurred since the last poll, use [`eth_getFilterChanges`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getfilterchanges)
with the filter ID hash returned by [`eth_newFilter`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_newfilter).
!!! example
If the contract had been executed twice since the last poll, with `valueIndexed` set to 1 and 5,
[`eth_getFilterChanges`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getfilterchanges) returns
only the log where the [topic](Events-and-Logs.md#event-parameters) for `valueIndexed` is 5:
```json
{
"jsonrpc": "2.0",
"id": 1,
"result": [
{
"logIndex": "0x0",
"removed": false,
"blockNumber": "0x21c",
"blockHash": "0xc7e6c9d5b9f522b2c9d2991546be0a8737e587beb6628c056f3c327a44b45132",
"transactionHash": "0xfd1a40f9fbf89c97b4545ec9db774c85e51dd8a3545f969418a22f9cb79417c5",
"transactionIndex": "0x0",
"address": "0x42699a7612a82f1d9c36148af9c77354759b210b",
"data": "0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000005",
"topics": [
"0xd3610b1c54575b7f4f0dc03d210b8ac55624ae007679b7a928a4f25a709331a8",
"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000005"
]
}
]
}
```
### Getting All Logs for a Filter
To get all logs for a filter, use [`eth_getFilterLogs`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getfilterlogs).
!!! example
If the contract had been executed twice with `valueIndexed` set to 5 since the filter was created using `eth_newFilter`,
`eth_getFilterLogs` returns:
```json
{
"jsonrpc": "2.0",
"id": 1,
"result": [
{
"logIndex": "0x0",
"removed": false,
"blockNumber": "0x1a7",
"blockHash": "0x4edda22a242ddc7bc51e2b6b11e63cd67be1af7389470cdea9c869768ff75d42",
"transactionHash": "0x9535bf8830a72ca7d0020df0b547adc4d0ecc4321b7d5b5d6beb1eccee5c0afa",
"transactionIndex": "0x0",
"address": "0x42699a7612a82f1d9c36148af9c77354759b210b",
"data": "0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000005",
"topics": [
"0xd3610b1c54575b7f4f0dc03d210b8ac55624ae007679b7a928a4f25a709331a8",
"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000005"
]
},
{
"logIndex": "0x0",
"removed": false,
"blockNumber": "0x21c",
"blockHash": "0xc7e6c9d5b9f522b2c9d2991546be0a8737e587beb6628c056f3c327a44b45132",
"transactionHash": "0xfd1a40f9fbf89c97b4545ec9db774c85e51dd8a3545f969418a22f9cb79417c5",
"transactionIndex": "0x0",
"address": "0x42699a7612a82f1d9c36148af9c77354759b210b",
"data": "0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000005",
"topics": [
"0xd3610b1c54575b7f4f0dc03d210b8ac55624ae007679b7a928a4f25a709331a8",
"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000005"
]
}
]
}
```
!!! tip
You can use [`eth_getLogs`](#getting-logs-using-a-filter-options-object) with a filter options object
to get all logs matching the filter options instead of using [`eth_newFilter`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_newfilter)
followed by [`eth_getFilterLogs`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getfilterlogs).
## Uninstalling a Filter
When you are finished using a filter, use [`eth_uninstallFilter`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_uninstallfilter) to remove the filter.
## Getting Logs Using a Filter Options Object
To get all logs for a filter options object, use [`eth_getLogs`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getlogs).
!!! example
The following request for `eth_getLogs` returns all the logs where the example contract has been
deployed to 0x42699a7612a82f1d9c36148af9c77354759b210b and executed with `valueIndexed` set to 5.
```json
{
"jsonrpc":"2.0",
"method":"eth_getLogs",
"params":[
{
"fromBlock":"earliest",
"toBlock":"latest",
"address":"0x42699a7612a82f1d9c36148af9c77354759b210b",
"topics":[
["0xd3610b1c54575b7f4f0dc03d210b8ac55624ae007679b7a928a4f25a709331a8"],
["0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000005"]
]
}
],
"id":1
}
```
This returns the same result as calling [eth_newFilter](#creating-a-fitler) followed by [eth_getFilterLogs](#getting-all-logs-for-a-filter).

@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
description: Using third party wallets for account management
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Using Wallets for Key Management
Pantheon doesn't support key management inside the client. Use:
* [EthSigner](http://docs.ethsigner.pegasys.tech/en/latest/) with Pantheon to provide access to your key store and sign transactions.
* Third-party tools (for example, [MetaMask](https://metamask.io/) and [web3j](https://web3j.io/)) for creating accounts.
In Pantheon, you can use the JSON-RPC methods:
* [`eth_getBalance`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_getbalance) to obtain the account balance
* [`eth_sendRawTransaction`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_sendrawtransaction) to transfer ether or create and interact with contracts (for more information, refer to [Transactions](Transactions/Transactions.md#transactions)).
* [`eea_sendRawTransaction`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eea_sendrawtransaction) to send [private transactions](../Privacy/How-To/Creating-Sending-Private-Transactions.md).
!!! tip
[EthSigner](http://docs.ethsigner.pegasys.tech/en/latest/) implements [`eth_sendTransaction`](http://docs.ethsigner.pegasys.tech/en/latest/Using-EthSigner/Using-EthSigner/#eth_sendtransaction)
and [`eea_sendTransaction`](http://docs.ethsigner.pegasys.tech/en/latest/Using-EthSigner/Using-EthSigner/#eea_sendtransaction).

@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
# Events and Logs
When a transaction is mined, smart contracts emit events and write logs to the blockchain.
Logs are associated with the contract address and included in the blockchain but logs are not accessible
from within contracts. Log storage is cheaper than contract storage (that is, it costs less gas) so if the required data can
be stored in and accessed from logs, the cost is reduced. For example, you can use logs to display all
transfers made using a specific contract but not the current state of the contract.
A Dapp front end can either request logs using the [JSON-RPC API filter methods](Accessing-Logs-Using-JSON-RPC.md)
or subscribe to logs using the [RPC Pub/Sub API](../Pantheon-API/RPC-PubSub.md#logs).
## Topics
Log entries contain up to four topics. The first topic is the [event signature hash](#event-signature-hash) and up to three topics
are the indexed [event parameters](#event-parameters).
!!! example
Log entry for an event with one indexed parameter:
```json
{
"logIndex": "0x0",
"removed": false,
"blockNumber": "0x84",
"blockHash": "0x5fc573d76ec48ec80cbc43f299ebc306a8168112e3a4485c23e84e9a40f5d336",
"transactionHash": "0xcb52f02342c2498df82c49ac26b2e91e182155c8b2a2add5b6dc4c249511f85a",
"transactionIndex": "0x0",
"address": "0x42699a7612a82f1d9c36148af9c77354759b210b",
"data": "0x",
"topics": [
"0x04474795f5b996ff80cb47c148d4c5ccdbe09ef27551820caa9c2f8ed149cce3",
"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001"
]
}
```
## Event Parameters
Up to three event parameters can have the `indexed` attribute. Indexed parameters are stored as `topics`
in the logs. Indexed parameters can be searched and filtered.
Topics are 32 bytes. If an indexed argument is an array (including `string` and `byte` datatypes),
the keccak-256 hash of the paramater is stored as a topic.
Non-indexed parameters are included in the logs `data` but cannot be easily searched or filtered.
!!! example
A Solidity contract that stores one indexed and one non-indexed parameter and has an event that emits the value of each parameter:
```solidity
pragma solidity ^0.5.1;
contract Storage {
uint256 public valueIndexed;
uint256 public valueNotIndexed;
event Event1(uint256 indexed valueIndexed, uint256 valueNotIndexed);
function setValue(uint256 _valueIndexed, uint256 _valueNotIndexed) public {
valueIndexed = _valueIndexed;
valueNotIndexed = _valueNotIndexed;
emit Event1(_valueIndexed, _valueNotIndexed);
}
}
```
!!! example
Log entry created by invoking the contract above with `valueIndexed` set to 5 and `valueNotIndexed` set to 7:
```json
{
"logIndex": "0x0",
"removed": false,
"blockNumber": "0x4d6",
"blockHash": "0x7d0ac7c12ac9f622d346d444c7e0fa4dda8d4ed90de80d6a28814613a4884a67",
"transactionHash": "0xe994022ada94371ace00c4e1e20663a01437846ced02f18b3f3afec827002781",
"transactionIndex": "0x0",
"address": "0x43d1f9096674b5722d359b6402381816d5b22f28",
"data": "0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000007",
"topics": [
"0xd3610b1c54575b7f4f0dc03d210b8ac55624ae007679b7a928a4f25a709331a8",
"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000005"
]
}
```
## Event Signature Hash
The first topic in a log entry is always the the event signature hash. The event signature hash is a keccak-256
hash of the event name and input argument types. Argument names are ignored. For example, the event `Hello(uint256 worldId)`
has the signature hash `keccak('Hello(uint256)')`. The signature identifies to which event log topics belong.
!!! example
A Solidity contract with two different events:
``` solidity
pragma solidity ^0.5.1;
contract Storage {
uint256 public valueA;
uint256 public valueB;
event Event1(uint256 indexed valueA);
event Event2(uint256 indexed valueB);
function setValue(uint256 _valueA) public {
valueA = _valueA;
emit Event1(_valueA);
}
function setValueAgain(uint256 _valueB) public {
valueB = _valueB;
emit Event2(_valueB);
}
}
```
The event signature hash for event 1 is `keccak('Event1(uint256)')` and the event signature hash for event
2 is `keccak('Event2(uint256)')`. The hashes are:
* `04474795f5b996ff80cb47c148d4c5ccdbe09ef27551820caa9c2f8ed149cce3` for event 1
* `06df6fb2d6d0b17a870decb858cc46bf7b69142ab7b9318f7603ed3fd4ad240e` for event 2
!!! tip
You can use a library keccak (sha3) hash function such as provided in [Web3.js](https://github.com/ethereum/wiki/wiki/JavaScript-API#web3sha3)
or an an online tool such as https://emn178.github.io/online-tools/keccak_256.html to generate event signature hashes.
!!! example
Log entries from invoking the Solidity contract above:
```json
[
{
"logIndex": "0x0",
"removed": false,
"blockNumber": "0x84",
"blockHash": "0x5fc573d76ec48ec80cbc43f299ebc306a8168112e3a4485c23e84e9a40f5d336",
"transactionHash": "0xcb52f02342c2498df82c49ac26b2e91e182155c8b2a2add5b6dc4c249511f85a",
"transactionIndex": "0x0",
"address": "0x42699a7612a82f1d9c36148af9c77354759b210b",
"data": "0x",
"topics": [
"0x04474795f5b996ff80cb47c148d4c5ccdbe09ef27551820caa9c2f8ed149cce3",
"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001"
]
},
{
"logIndex": "0x0",
"removed": false,
"blockNumber": "0x87",
"blockHash": "0x6643a1e58ad857f727552e4572b837a85b3ca64c4799d085170c707e4dad5255",
"transactionHash": "0xa95295fcea7df3b9e47ab95d2dadeb868145719ed9cc0e6c757c8a174e1fcb11",
"transactionIndex": "0x0",
"address": "0x42699a7612a82f1d9c36148af9c77354759b210b",
"data": "0x",
"topics": [
"0x06df6fb2d6d0b17a870decb858cc46bf7b69142ab7b9318f7603ed3fd4ad240e",
"0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002"
]
}
]
```
## Topic Filters
[Filter options objects](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Objects.md#filter-options-object) have a `topics` key to filter logs by topics.
Topics are order-dependent. A transaction with a log containing topics `[A, B]` is matched with the following topic filters:
* `[]` - Match any topic
* `[A]` - Match A in first position
* `[[null], [B]]` - Match any topic in first position AND B in second position
* `[[A],[B]]` - Match A in first position AND B in second position
* `[[A, C], [B, D]]` - Match (A OR C) in first position AND (B OR D) in second position
!!! example
The following filter option object returns log entries for the [Event Parameters example contract](#event-parameters) where `valueIndexed` is set to
5 or 9:
```json
{
"fromBlock":"earliest",
"toBlock":"latest",
"address":"0x43d1f9096674b5722d359b6402381816d5b22f28",
"topics":[
["0xd3610b1c54575b7f4f0dc03d210b8ac55624ae007679b7a928a4f25a709331a8"],
["0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000005", "0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000009"]
]
}
```

@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
description: Using Pantheon for PoW CPU mining
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Mining
Start Pantheon with the following options to enable CPU mining:
```bash
pantheon --miner-enabled --miner-coinbase <account>
```
Where `<account>` is the account to which mining rewards are to be paid. For example, `fe3b557e8fb62b89f4916b721be55ceb828dbd73`.
JSON-RPC API methods for mining are:
* [`miner_start`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#miner_start) to start mining.
* [`miner_stop`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#miner_stop) to stop mining.
* [`eth_mining`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_mining) to determine whether the client is actively mining new blocks.
* [`eth_hashrate`](../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_hashrate) to get the number of hashes per second with which the node is mining.

@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
description: Including revert reason in transactions
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Revert Reason
In smart contracts, the [`revert`](https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.10/control-structures.html#revert) operation
triggers an exception to flag an error and revert the current call. An optional string message containing
information about the error is passed back to the client from the EVM.
!!! example
```sol
pragma solidity >=0.5.0 <0.7.0;
contract VendingMachine {
function buy(uint amount) public payable {
if (amount > msg.value / 2 ether)
revert("Not enough Ether provided");
// Alternative way to do it:
require(
amount <= msg.value / 2 ether,
"Not enough Ether provided."
);
// Perform the purchase.
}
}
```
## Enabling Revert Reason
Use the [`--revert-reason-enabled`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#revert-reason-enabled) command line option
to include the revert reason in the transaction receipt in Pantheon.
!!! caution
Enabling revert reason may use a significant amount of memory. We do not recommend enabling revert
reason when connected to public Ethereum networks.
## Where is the Revert Reason Included
When revert reason is enabled, the revert reason is included as an ABI-encoded string in the transaction receipt returned by
[`eth_getTransactionReceipt`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_gettransactionreceipt).
!!! important
The revert reason is not included in the transactions receipts root hash. Not being included in the
transactions receipts root hash means the revert reason is only available to nodes that execute the
transaction when importing the block. That is, the revert reason is not available if using fast sync.
!!! example
```
{
"jsonrpc": "2.0",
"id": 1,
"result": {
"blockHash": "0xe7212a92cfb9b06addc80dec2a0dfae9ea94fd344efeb157c41e12994fcad60a",
"blockNumber": "0x50",
"contractAddress": null,
"cumulativeGasUsed": "0x5208",
"from": "0x627306090abab3a6e1400e9345bc60c78a8bef57",
"gasUsed": "0x5208",
"logs": [],
"logsBloom": "0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
"status": "0x1",
"to": "0xf17f52151ebef6c7334fad080c5704d77216b732",
"transactionHash": "0xc00e97af59c6f88de163306935f7682af1a34c67245e414537d02e422815efc3",
"transactionIndex": "0x0",
"revertReason":"0x08c379a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000020000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001a4e6f7420656e6f7567682045746865722070726f76696465642e000000000000"
}
}
```
## Revert Reason Format
As described in the [Solidity documentation](https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.10/control-structures.html#revert),
the revert reason is included as an ABI-encoded string consisting of:
```
0x08c379a0 // Function selector for Error(string)
0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000020 // Data offset
0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001a // String length
0x4e6f7420656e6f7567682045746865722070726f76696465642e000000000000 // String data
```
!!! example
```bash tab="Revert reason string for Not enough Ether provided."
"0x08c379a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000020000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001a4e6f7420656e6f7567682045746865722070726f76696465642e000000000000"
```
## Dapp Support
Client libraries (eg, web3j) do not support extracting the revert reason from the transaction receipt.
To extract the revert reason your Dapp must interact directly with Pantheon using a custom JSON -> Object
converter.

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
# Transaction Pool
Options and methods for configuring and monitoring the transaction pool include:
* [`txpool_pantheonTransactions`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#txpool_pantheontransactions) JSON-RPC API method to list
transactions in the node transaction pool
* [`--tx-pool-max-size`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#tx-pool-max-size) command line option to specify the maximum number
of transactions in the node transaction pool
* [`tx-pool-retention-hours`](../../Reference/Pantheon-CLI-Syntax.md#tx-pool-retention-hours) command line option to specify
the maximum number of hours to retain pending transactions in the transaction pool
* [`newPendingTransactions`](../../Pantheon-API/RPC-PubSub.md#pending-transactions) and [`droppedPendingTransactions`](../../Pantheon-API/RPC-PubSub.md#dropped-transactions)
RPC subscriptions to notify of transactions added to and dropped from the node transaction pool
## Dropping Transactions when Transaction Pool Full
Once full, the Pantheon transaction pool accepts and retains local transactions in preference to remote transactions.
If the transaction pool is full of local transactions, the oldest local transactions are dropped first. That is, a
full transaction pool continues to accept new local transactions by first dropping remote transactions and then by
dropping the oldest local transactions.
## Replacing Transactions with Same Nonce
If a transaction is received with the same sender and nonce as a pending transaction but a higher gas price, the pending transaction
is replaced by the new one with the higher gas price.
## Size of Transaction Pool
Decreasing the maximum size of the transaction pool reduces memory use. If the network is busy and there is a backlog
of transactions, increasing the size of the transaction pool reduces the risk of transactions being
removed from the transaction pool.

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
description: What transaction validation is performed when
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Validating Transactions
When transactions are submitted and added to a block, validations are performed as illustrated.
![Transaction Validation](../../images/transaction-validation.png)
The set of transaction pool validations are repeated when the transaction is propagated. The same set of
validations are repeated when the block including the transaction is imported except the nonce must be
exactly right when importing the block.
When the transaction is added to a block an additional validation is performed to check the transaction gas limit
is less than the remaining gas limit for the block. After creating a block, the node imports the block and
the transaction pool validations are repeated.
!!! important
The transaction is only added if the entire transaction gas limit is less than the remaining gas
for the block. The total gas used by the transaction is not relevant to this validation. That is, if the total gas used
by the transaction is less than the remaining block gas but the transaction gas limit is more than the remaining black
gas, the transaction is not added.

@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
description: Some use cases of creating transactions on a Pantheon network
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Creating and Sending Transactions
You can send signed transactions using the [`eth_sendRawTransaction`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_sendrawtransaction) JSON-RPC API method.
Signed transactions can be simple value transfers, contract creation, or contract invocation.
Example scripts are provided to create a signed raw transaction that can be passed to
[`eth_sendRawTransaction`](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_sendrawtransaction) to send Ether
and create a smart contract.
!!! warning "Private keys"
Do not use the accounts in the examples on mainnet or any public network except for testing.
The private keys are displayed which means the accounts are not secure.
All accounts and private keys in the examples are from the `dev.json` genesis file in the
[`/pantheon/ethereum/core/src/main/resources`](https://github.com/PegaSysEng/pantheon/tree/master/config/src/main/resources) directory.
In production environments avoid exposing your private keys by creating signed transactions
offline, or use [EthSigner](https://docs.ethsigner.pegasys.tech/) to isolate your private keys and
sign transactions with [`eth_sendTransaction`](https://docs.ethsigner.pegasys.tech/Using-EthSigner/Using-EthSigner/#eth_sendtransaction).
!!! tip
Libraries such as [web3j](https://github.com/web3j/web3j) or [ethereumj](https://github.com/ethereum/ethereumj)
and tools such as [MyCrypto](https://mycrypto.com/) can also be used to create signed transactions.
You can use the example Javascript scripts to create and send raw transactions in the private network
created by the [Private Network Quickstart](../../Tutorials/Private-Network-Quickstart.md).
Update the `JSON-RPC endpoint` in the following examples to the endpoint for the private
network displayed after running the `./run.sh` script.
## Example Javascript scripts
### 1. Requirements
- [Node.js (version > 10)](https://nodejs.org/en/download/)
- [web3.js 1.0.0 beta](https://github.com/ethereum/web3.js/) and [ethereumjs 1.3](https://github.com/ethereumjs/ethereumjs-tx).
These dependencies are defined in the included [`package.json`](scripts/package.json) file.
### 2. Create Directory
```bash
mkdir example_scripts
```
### 3. Copy Files
Copy the following files to the `example_scripts` directory:
- [`package.json`](scripts/package.json)
- [`create_value_raw_transaction.js`](scripts/create_value_raw_transaction.js)
- [`create_contract_raw_transaction.js`](scripts/create_contract_raw_transaction.js)
### 4. Retrieve Dependencies
```bash
cd example_scripts
npm install
```
### 5. Send Ether
The following is the example JavaScript script that displays a signed raw transaction string to send Ether.
!!! example "Send Ether example : create_value_raw_transaction.js"
```javascript linenums="1"
{! Using-Pantheon/Transactions/scripts/create_value_raw_transaction.js !}
```
Run the `create_value_raw_transaction.js` script:
```bash tab="Command"
node create_value_raw_transaction.js <YOUR JSON-RPC HTTP ENDPOINT>
```
```bash tab="Example"
node create_value_raw_transaction.js http://localhost:32770/jsonrpc
```
!!! tip
The default JSON-RPC HTTP endpoint for `create_value_raw_transaction.js` is `http://localhost:8545`.
If using `http://localhost:8545`, run `node create_value_raw_transaction.js`.
A signed raw transaction string is displayed.
You can send the raw transaction yourself or let the script send it using the web3.js library.
If sending it yourself, the cURL command is displayed and can be copied and pasted. Otherwise, the script sends it and
the transaction receipt is displayed.
### 6. Create A Smart Contract
The following is the example JavaScript script that displays a signed raw transaction string to create a contract.
!!! example "Create a contract example : create_contract_raw_transaction.js"
```javascript linenums="1"
{! Using-Pantheon/Transactions/scripts/create_contract_raw_transaction.js !}
```
Run the `create_contract_raw_transaction.js` script:
```bash tab="Command"
node create_contract_raw_transaction.js <YOUR JSON-RPC HTTP ENDPOINT>
```
```bash tab="Example"
node create_contract_raw_transaction.js http://localhost:32770/jsonrpc
```
!!! tip
The default JSON-RPC HTTP endpoint for `create_contract_raw_transaction.js` is `http://localhost:8545`.
If using `http://localhost:8545`, run `node create_contract_raw_transaction.js`.
A signed raw transaction string is displayed.
You can send the raw transaction yourself or let the script send it using the web3.js library.
If sending it yourself, the cURL command is displayed and can be copied and pasted. Otherwise, the script sends it and
the transaction receipt is displayed.
## eth_call vs eth_sendRawTransaction
You can interact with contracts using [eth_call](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_call)
or [eth_sendRawTransaction](../../Reference/Pantheon-API-Methods.md#eth_sendrawtransaction).
The table below compares the characteristics of both calls.
| eth_call | eth_sendRawTransaction |
|---------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Read-only | Write |
| Invokes contract function locally | Broadcasts to network |
| Does not change state of blockchain | Updates blockchain (for example, transfers ether between accounts) |
| Does not consume gas | Requires gas |
| Synchronous | Asynchronous |
| Return value of contract function available immediately | Returns transaction hash only. Possible transaction may not be included in a block (for example, if the gas price is too low). |

@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
node_modules
package-lock.json

@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
const Web3 = require('web3')
const ethTx = require('ethereumjs-tx')
const readline = require('readline');
async function askQuestion(query) {
const rl = readline.createInterface({
input: process.stdin,
output: process.stdout,
});
return new Promise(resolve => rl.question(query, ans => {
rl.close();
resolve(ans);
}))
}
const args = process.argv.slice(2);
// web3 initialization - must point to the HTTP JSON-RPC endpoint
var provider = args[0] || 'http://localhost:8545';
console.log("******************************************");
console.log("Using provider : " + provider);
console.log("******************************************");
var web3 = new Web3(new Web3.providers.HttpProvider(provider))
web3.transactionConfirmationBlocks = 1;
// Sender address and private key
// Second acccount in dev.json genesis file
// Exclude 0x at the beginning of the private key
const addressFrom = '0x627306090abaB3A6e1400e9345bC60c78a8BEf57'
const privKey = Buffer.from('c87509a1c067bbde78beb793e6fa76530b6382a4c0241e5e4a9ec0a0f44dc0d3', 'hex')
// hexadecimal encoded compiled contract code
const contractData = '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'
// Get the address transaction count in order to specify the correct nonce
web3.eth.getTransactionCount(addressFrom, "pending").then((txnCount) => {
// Create the contract creation transaction object
var txObject = {
nonce: web3.utils.toHex(txnCount),
gasPrice: web3.utils.toHex(1000),
gasLimit: web3.utils.toHex(126165),
data: contractData
};
// Sign the transaction with the private key
var tx = new ethTx(txObject);
tx.sign(privKey)
//Convert to raw transaction string
var serializedTx = tx.serialize();
var rawTxHex = '0x' + serializedTx.toString('hex');
// log raw transaction data to the console so you can send it manually
console.log("Raw transaction data: " + rawTxHex);
// but also ask you if you want to send this transaction directly using web3
(async() => {
const ans = await askQuestion("******************************************\n\
Do you want to send the signed contract creation transaction now ? (Y/N):");
if("y" == ans || "Y" == ans){
// Send the signed transaction using web3
web3.eth.sendSignedTransaction(rawTxHex)
.on('receipt', receipt => { console.log('Receipt: ', receipt); })
.catch(error => { console.log('Error: ', error.message); });
console.log("******************************************");
console.log("Contract transaction sent, waiting for receipt.");
console.log("******************************************");
}else{
console.log("******************************************");
console.log("You can for instance send this transaction manually with the following command:");
console.log("curl -X POST --data '{\"jsonrpc\":\"2.0\",\"method\":\"eth_sendRawTransaction\",\"params\":[\"" + rawTxHex + "\"],\"id\":1}'", provider);
}
})();
})
.catch(error => { console.log('Error: ', error.message); });

@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
const Web3 = require('web3')
const ethTx = require('ethereumjs-tx')
const readline = require('readline');
async function askQuestion(query) {
const rl = readline.createInterface({
input: process.stdin,
output: process.stdout,
});
return new Promise(resolve => rl.question(query, ans => {
rl.close();
resolve(ans);
}))
}
const args = process.argv.slice(2);
// web3 initialization - must point to the HTTP JSON-RPC endpoint
var provider = args[0] || 'http://localhost:8545';
console.log("******************************************");
console.log("Using provider : " + provider);
console.log("******************************************");
var web3 = new Web3(new Web3.providers.HttpProvider(provider))
web3.transactionConfirmationBlocks = 1;
// Sender address and private key
// Second acccount in dev.json genesis file
// Exclude 0x at the beginning of the private key
const addressFrom = '0x627306090abaB3A6e1400e9345bC60c78a8BEf57'
const privKey = Buffer.from('c87509a1c067bbde78beb793e6fa76530b6382a4c0241e5e4a9ec0a0f44dc0d3', 'hex')
// Receiver address and value to transfer
// Third account in dev.json genesis file
const addressTo = '0xf17f52151EbEF6C7334FAD080c5704D77216b732'
const valueInEther = 2
// Get the address transaction count in order to specify the correct nonce
web3.eth.getTransactionCount(addressFrom, "pending").then((txnCount) => {
// Create the transaction object
var txObject = {
nonce: web3.utils.numberToHex(txnCount),
gasPrice: web3.utils.numberToHex(1000),
gasLimit: web3.utils.numberToHex(21000),
to: addressTo,
value: web3.utils.numberToHex(web3.utils.toWei(valueInEther.toString(), 'ether'))
};
// Sign the transaction with the private key
var tx = new ethTx(txObject);
tx.sign(privKey)
//Convert to raw transaction string
var serializedTx = tx.serialize();
var rawTxHex = '0x' + serializedTx.toString('hex');
// log raw transaction data to the console so you can send it manually
console.log("Raw transaction data: " + rawTxHex);
// but also ask you if you want to send this transaction directly using web3
(async() => {
const ans = await askQuestion("******************************************\n\
Do you want to send the signed value transaction now ? (Y/N):");
if("y" == ans || "Y" == ans){
// Send the signed transaction using web3
web3.eth.sendSignedTransaction(rawTxHex)
.on('receipt', receipt => { console.log('Receipt: ', receipt); })
.catch(error => { console.log('Error: ', error.message); });
console.log("******************************************");
console.log("Value transaction sent, waiting for receipt.");
console.log("******************************************");
}else{
console.log("******************************************");
console.log("You can for instance send this transaction manually with the following command:");
console.log("curl -X POST --data '{\"jsonrpc\":\"2.0\",\"method\":\"eth_sendRawTransaction\",\"params\":[\"" + rawTxHex + "\"],\"id\":1}'", provider);
}
})();
})
.catch(error => { console.log('Error: ', error.message); });

@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
{
"name": "createAndSendSignedTransaction",
"version": "1.0.0",
"description": "Script to generate a signed transaction data using JSON-RPC to check nonce and option to send it using web3",
"scripts": {
"test": "echo \"Error: no test specified\" && exit 1"
},
"author": "Pegasys",
"license": "Apache-2",
"dependencies": {
"ethereumjs-tx": "^1.3.7",
"web3": "^1.0.0-beta.55"
}
}

@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
description: Using Pantheon with Truffle
<!--- END of page meta data -->
# Using Pantheon with Truffle
Developing for Pantheon using Truffle is the same as using Truffle to develop for the public Ethereum networks.
Truffle supports Pantheon with the only difference being Pantheon does not implement private key management.
To use Pantheon with Truffle, you must configure a Truffle wallet.
## Install Truffle Wallet
To install the Truffle wallet:
```bash
npm install --save truffle-hdwallet-provider@web3-one
```
!!!note
With Truffle 5, you must use a Web3 1.0 enabled wallet or the Truffle tasks hang.
#### Modify the Truffle Configuration File
Modify the `truffle-config.js` file in the project directory to add the wallet provider. Replace:
* `<JSON-RPC-http-endpoint>` with the JSON-RPC endpoint (IP address and port) of a Pantheon node
* `<account-private-key>` with the private key of an Ethereum account containing Ether
```javascript
const PrivateKeyProvider = require("truffle-hdwallet-provider");
const privateKey = "<account-private-key>";
const privateKeyProvider = new PrivateKeyProvider(privateKey, "<JSON-RPC-http-endpoint>");
module.exports = {
// See <http://truffleframework.com/docs/advanced/configuration>
// for more about customizing your Truffle configuration!
networks: {
pantheonWallet: {
provider: privateKeyProvider,
network_id: "*"
},
}
};
```
### Start Pantheon Node
Start a Pantheon node with JSON-RPC enabled on the endpoint specified in the Truffle configuration
file.
### Deploy Contract
To deploy a contract onto the Pantheon network:
```bash
truffle migrate --network pantheonWallet
```

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More

Loading…
Cancel
Save